;: ..
;titiDifLfi:
;fDEKKKKKKKKEGGGfi;t;.
;LEDfGjfLLtjLDEEEEEGfi,
.LEEGDLDDfGLfGEEEKEDDDf:
:LLKEEDiLLGLGDGEEKKKLi;jf,
:.fEEEDGLftLDLGKEEEEE; .
iGfDDt;,;,;;fEKKEjjf:
,jfttGGji;;ijEKEEE; t,
GGLLLGEGGtt;LEtjiLj :.
iWDDGGLftttiiffLj,.,
,KKGLff;ti;;;;;iLGLft,
.EWDLLff:,j;i;:,iffLLff,
,iGKELLLLLjGttii;jfffDWt
:j:.iLDLLGGGLfLffjLLLfEE,
:tfffLLjjffLGLLGGGDDGLGKL:
,jjfffGGjjjjtttjLLGGDGGLLL:
,jjffLGLjjjfLfLLLLGGDDLffLi
.jjjffGfGLfLGLjffjjLGDGLftf.
ijjjjffffjfLDfEfDGLLDLLfffi
.jjjjjLfjjjGLGDWfGfjfGDGji:
ijjjffLfjjjLDDKWDGLfffGL:
fLffffLffjjfffEWWWLfLffLLf,
:GLLLjLfffjjLffWWWWDfLfffLLf,
:fjffjLffffLffGWWWWWLfLffffLj,
jfjjjfffffLffDWKDWWDfLfffffLj.
:GLfjfLfLLLffWWEfEWKffLfLGLfjt
.ifGLLLGDGGLfDWWKt:DWGGEWWWKfLt;
.;itfittjfWWWKWWWWj ;WWWWWWWWGfft,
.ititjijttjLWWWWWWWD. GWWWWWWWDfLtt,
;ttit;;jit;:KWWWWWWK, ;WWWWWWWKffftt
,ttiti;;tit. jWWWWWWWt GWWWWWWWGfftj,
:ttiit,;,tt, .KWWWWWWL ,KWWWWWWWfjttt.
.ittiitt;itj. DWWWWWWL. jKWWWWWWKfjjt;
;tjtiittttti EWWWWWWL. ifWWWWWWWKjftt.
:itjiittttij, ,WWWWWWWf ;tGWWWWWWWEfjt;
itjt;tttttij. iWWWWWWWf ,tjDWWWWWWKGftt.
,ttjtittiitti tWWWWWWWf .ttfWWWWWWWEfjt;
.;tjjiittittj, ;WWWWWWWf ittEWWWWWWKfftj.
,itjtiijtiiij. DWWWWWWL ;itjKWWWWKEDGtt;
;ttjtitjttitt iWWWWWWG. :ttjLGGLLLGDitt;
:itjjtiti,;it; tGGLLLfG, .. jjjjfffj;.
;ii,iit. . :fffffjf, ,jjtjjjLi
: .. :ffffjffi ifjjjjjL;
iLfjfffj. ffjLffLt
;GffffLf. tGfLLGGL.
jLfLffL; tGLDKEEj
GLLLLGG; LKWWWWWi
tGKWWWEf ;EKWWWDG,
iKWWWWEf :fGEDGf,
,GLDDGGt ;jLj:.
,tfLLi
.::.
Tales of Symphonia Guide V 0.75
Copyright 2004 Joel Acree, "Triad" (
[email protected])
Table of Contents
I. Legal Junk (LJK)
II. Updates (UPD)
III. Introduction (INT)
IV. Instructions (IST)
A.The Basics (TBS)
B.The Menu Screen (TMS)
1.Tech (TCH)
2.U.Attack (UAT)
3.Strat (STT)
4.Status (SAS)
5.Synopsis (SYN)
6.Items (ITM)
7.Ex Skill (EXS)
8.Equip (EQP)
9.Cooking (COK)
10.System (SYS)
C.Controls (CTR)
1.Towns (TWN)
2.Dungeons (DNG)
3.World Map (WDM)
4.Battle (BTL)
V. Walkthrough (WLK)
A. Disc I (DSK 1)
01. Classroom
02. Iselia
03. Martel Temple
04. Iselia
05. Iselia Forest
06. Iselia Human Ranch
07. Iselia Forest
08. Dirk's House
09. Iselia
10. Nova's Caravan
11. House of Salvation
12. Triet
13. Sylvarant Base
14. Triet
15. Triet Ruins
16. Triet
17. Ossa Trail
18. Ossa Trail
19. Izoold
20. Palmacosta
21. Nova's Caravan
22. House of Salvation
23. Hakonesia Peak
24. Palmacosta
25. Hakonesia Peak
26. Palmacosta Ranch
27. Palmacosta
28. Thoda Island
29. Thoda Island Geyser
30. Temple of Water
31. Hakonesia Peak
32. Asgard
33. House of Salvation
34. Luin
35. Balacruf Mausoleum
36. Luin
37. Asgard Ranch
38. Luin
39. Hima
40. Asgard Ranch
41. Asgard
42. Hima
43. Tower of Mana
44. Temple of Water
45. Lake Umacy
46. Hima
47. Balacruf Mausoleum
48. Ossa Trail
49. Dirk's House
50. Triet Ruins
51. Hima
52. The Tower of Salvation
53. Sylvarant Base
54. Fooji Mountains
55. The Imperial City - Meltokio
56. Tethe'alla Bridge
57. The University Town - Sybak
58. Fooji Mountains
59. Meltokio Sewers
60. Meltokio
61. Sybak
62. Gaoracchia Forest
63. The Mystical Village - Mizuho
64. The Quiescent Village - Ozette
65. Altessa's House
66. Toize Valley Mine
67. Ozette
68. Mizuho
69. Temple of Lightning
70. Tethe'alla Base
71. Exploring Tethe'alla Part I
72. Dragon's Nest
73. Exploring Tethe'alla Part II
74. Temple of Earth
75. The Snowy City - Flanoir
76. Temple of Ice
77. Ozette
78. The Seaside Paradise - Altamira
79. Otherworldly Gate
80. Palmacosta
81. Exploring Sylvarant Part I
82. The Remote Island Human Ranch
83. Palmacosta
84. Sylvarant Base
85. Exploring Sylvarant Part II
86. Altamira
87. Meltokio
88. The Temple of Darkness
89. Loose Ends Part I
90. Linkite Tree
91. Tower of Mana
92. Iselia Human Ranch
B. Disc II (DSK 2)
93. Iselia
94. Melotkio
95. The City in The Sky - Exire
96. Altamira
97. Sybak
98. Mizuho
99. Ymir Forest
100. The Hidden Elven Village - Heimdall
101. Latheon Gorge
102. SE Abbey
103. Loose Ends Part II
104. Tower of Salvation
105. The Holy City - Welgaia
106. Tower of Salvation
107. Altessa's House
108. Flanoir
109. Loose Ends Part III
110. Tower of Salvation
111. Heimdall
112. Torent Forest
113. Heimdall
114. Dirk's House
115. Derris-Kharlan
116. Welgaia
117. Vinheim
118. Unfinished Business
119. Niflheim
120. Meltokio Coliseum
121. The Final Battle
122. Finale
VI. Mini-Games/Side Quest (M&S)
A. Mini-Games
1.Mini Game: Emotional Balloon - (MGB2)
2.Mini Game: Waitress - (MGW2)
3.Side Quest: Pop Quiz - (SPQ2)
4.Mini Game: Orienteering - (MGO2)
5.Mini Game: Red Light/Green Light - (MGL2)
B. Side Quest
1.Character Titles
2.Colette's Dog Naming - (CDN1)
3.The Restoration of Luin - (ROL1)
4.Figurine Book - (FGB1)
VII. Characters - CHR
VIII. Frequently Asked Question (FAQ)
IX. Outro (OUT)
=======================================================================
I. Legal JUNK - LJK
=======================================================================
I wrote this document while playing through Tales of Symphonia, while I
have gathered information from other sources, I'd like to think that
this Guide is of my own doing. So please be respectful and don't steal,
alter, sell, or do any other crap like that with this Guide. It's for
your own personal use. This guide should only be seen on GameFAQs
(
http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/gamecube/game/32812.html),
IGN (
http://faqs.ign.com/objects/481/481670.html),
Cheat Code Central (www.cheatcc.com)
Neoseeker (www.neoseeker.com)
Gamehelper (www.gamehelper.com)
or TeamClouds (www.teamclouds.com). If you would like to ask any
questions or contribute to this Guide, feel free to email me:
[email protected]
=======================================================================
II. Updates - UPD
=======================================================================
08/03/2004: I've been lazy, I'm sorry. I did however manage to update
up to after completing the Temple of Ice, so that should tide you over
for a while. I decided a few things though, and that is that I'm most
likely going to cut out any sort of data chart or what have you not. I
just don't have the time, and I don't find it nearly as entertaining as
I do writing the actual walkthrough. Oh well, there's plenty of FAQS on
GameFAQs now, so you should be able to find whatever it is you're
looking for. Hmm... I forgot to mention in the last update that I ditched
the Type To Keys for the sections of the actual walkthrough in favor of
just looking up the number. I've also added a few more sites to the
Legal Junk section.
07/26/2004: Finally got an update done. Pretty big one too. I fixed all
the stuff that got messed up in the rush job submission last time. Made
things a little more pretty with borders and what have you not. Changed
the version number to reflect more on the progress of the guide. As you
can see the guide goes up to completing the Tower of Salvation. That's
currently where I'm at in the game, so as I progress I'll be adding
more. Added some stuff to the Side Quest section, some of it a little
more incomplete than I would have hoped. Don't expect the data charts
anytime soon, when the actual walkthrough is finished than we'll talk.
Well, there you go. I'll try to get another update up as soon as
possible, so hand in there. Oh yeah, added some more allowed sites.
07/20/2004: V.1 is finished. I got my official Brady Games guide today
and finished filling out the Instructions section. I've only made it up
to Palmcosta in my game, and any information in this guide before then
could be incomplete. I'll try to go over the official Guide and my own
writings of events prior to Palmcosta in future updates. Everything
after Palmcosta (first visit) will be checked with the guide. So never
fear. Hmm... What else... Well I do mean to get up a bunch of data for
Section VII. I already plan on doing Character Information, Tech Skills,
Ex Skills, and Union Attack List. I might do more.... hopefully. In any
case.... look forward to more of the guide as it is written. Also...
seems I was having some technical difficulties with submitting this so
I had to take it into MS Word and mess with it. I'll try and make it
look pretty again with the next update.
=======================================================================
III. Introduction - INT
=======================================================================
Hello, I'm Triad, and this is my first FAQ. As you can see.... this one
isn't quite finished yet. No, in fact I haven't even completed the game
yet, but I will be updating this thing as often as possible. As far as
I'm concerned getting all this Introductions and Instruction crap out
of the way will make life a lot easier on me. Anyhow... the ASCII art
up there is of my favorite character Sheena <3. I originally intended
for this guide to be an all in one deal, but it turns out that I just
don't have the time to complete a project of that magnitude. The guide
will cover the entire walkthrough of the game, including all the side
quest and mini games, each area will have a complete list of everything
that can be done and obtained there, but what I won't be including are
data charts like I would have like to have included. So you'll have to
go to another guide to find a Complete Bestiary, Character Title Stats,
Techs, and EX Skills. But other than that, this guide should be
complete. I've tried my best to list everything in the Walkthrough in
an order that eliminates backtracking as much as possible. Also, I've
tried to include everything.... though there's a lot to cover =p. On
top of that, I tried to make this as Spoiler Free as possible, when
spoilers do apply however - I'll give you a warning. Hmm.... oh yeah...
as you can see in the Table of Contents, each section of the guide has
a type ahead tag... so if you need information on a specific part then
just hit Ctrl-F and enter the tag I've provided in the Table of
Contents. For example.... say you want to get to the next section
(Instructions) you'd hit Ctrl-F and enter IST. Boom, instantly there.
Good stuff I'd say. Well I hope you find this guide useful, see ya at
the Outro!
=======================================================================
IV. Instructions - IST
=======================================================================
Note: All Instructions are based on the default control setting. If you
need these instructions to learn a certain aspect of the game, it would
be in your best interest to use the default config, at least until you
are comfortable with everything.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
A. The Basics - TBS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Tales of Symphonia is a Role Playing Game (RPG) and thus you will be
spending a lot of time increasing your characters stats to survive in
the world. This is accomplished mainly by leveling your characters up
by gaining experience through battling the enemies that dwell in ToS's
Dungeons and Fields. You'll also be in charge of outfitting your
characters, setting up their combat skills, and so on and so fourth.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
B. The Menu Screen - TMS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
This is one of the most important aspects of the game. This is where
you will setup your characters for battles; manage equipment, skills,
titles, items, and even various cooking recipes. You can also save your
data on this menu, view your current game statistics (Cash, Playtime, #
of Encounters, and # of your maximum combo) and check a synopsis of the
game so far. If you press down to go to your characters you will have
the option of setting the On Screen Character, as well as choosing your
party. The first four slots will be you're active slot, while the ones
below it will be inactive. Also, the first party member on the list
(whether they are the on screen character or not) will be the one you
control in battle.
Here's what the menu screen looks like (roughly)
-------------------------------------------
|Tech U.Attack Strat Status Synopsis |
|Items EX Skill Equip Cooking System |
-------------------------------------------
|>------ Lloyd HP 327/327 ||Gald|
| | | || 500|
| | | T <+ S TP 36/36 ||Time|
| | | Lv 3 Next 249 ||0:00|
| ------ ||Enc |
| || 0 |
-------------------------------------|Comb|
| 0 |
-------------------------------------------
Close enough.... The Blank Box is Lloyd's Portrait, Enc is Encounters,
and Comb is Combo, and the > next to the box represents the 'On Screen
Character' Flag. You can view up to four of your characters on one
screen, that would be your active party. While you're reserve members
can be seen by pressing down, they'll be shaded out a bit.
Regardless, that's the menu screen for you.
Now I'll explain each aspect of the menu as best I can.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1.Tech - TCH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
This is where you will assign and manage your character's learned
skills. There are two different tech screens, and three different
control settings. These can be cycled by pressing the Start button. In
most cases, your other party members will be set to Auto. Anyways...
I'll start by explaining The Manual and Semi-Auto Tech Screens by using
Lloyd as an example. On Lloyd's Tech Screen you will see a list of
Buttons on the left side, and a list of learned skills on the right
side. On the left panel you can assign any one of Lloyds skills to a
specific button combination. For example, Lloyd's Demon Fang will
automatically be assigned to the stilled Control Stick at the start of
the game. During combat if you press B, he'll use Demon Fang. If you
were to assign Demon Fang to say, the next button combination, which is
B + Up, You would have to Press Up on the Control Stick as well as the
B button at the same time. Now whenever you have a certain button
combination highlighted on the tech menu, you can remove it by pressing
the X Button. To reassign a skill just press A and select one from the
bank to the right.
Now, you will also see the C Stick on Lloyd's Tech Screen. This is
reserved for your other party members. So Lloyd can only have four
skills assigned at a time. The two C Stick Buttons are for you to
select a skill from your other party member's banks. So for example, if
you choose the First C Stick (Up) and chose Genis' Fire Ball Spell, you
would push Up on the C Stick in Battle to have Genis cast that spell.
It's that easy.
As for the skill bank on the right. Here you will see all the Techs
that Lloyd has learned. To access it, Press A. Once in the bank you can
assign any of the Techs here to any of the four button combinations in
the left. You can also press X to Forget, or Y to Execute. The only
Techs you'll be able to Execute in the Menu are Supportive Skills like
Healing, so most of the time, for Lloyd at least, this will be useless.
Now then, switch over to Genis's Tech Screen (By pressing Left or Right
to shift through party members) which should hopefully be set to Auto.
If not do so. Now you will see a large a skill bank, rather than a
skill bank and a button assignment panel. Here you can set which skills
you want the AI to use by turning them ON/OFF. Select Fire Ball and you
will get the options of Pressing A to Execute (Won't work, same rules
apply as before with Lloyd) Y to turn the skill ON/OFF, and X to Forget.
If you turn a skill OFF, The AI won't use the skill in battle...ever.
you'll have to do it if you want to use it.
You're other option on the Auto Tech Screen is to setup your Union
Attacks. The attacks you assign here are the attacks that will be
available when you trigger an U.Attack.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.U. Attack - UAT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Setting up Union Attacks is easy enough. When you go to the U.Attack
screen, you will see a box representing each character in your active
party, along with four of their skills assigned to a button
configuration similar to that of regular Tech Attacks. When you use an
U.Attack in Battle, Lloyd will start it off by using whichever one of
his skills has been assigned in the U.Attack Menu. For example, if you
had Demon Fang assigned to the first button combination, and you wanted
to use it in The U.Attack. You'd first fill up the U.Attack Gauge in
battle, then press Z to start it. Assuming Lloyd is your controlled
character, his action button would be A. So to perform Demon Fang,
you'd just press A during the U.Attack Prompt. Now let's say Kratos is
the second character and he has Sonic Thrust Assigned to The Up
Direction. After using Lloyd's Demon Fang, you'd press Up + B to have
Kratos use Sonic Thrust. It's just like using tech attacks, but with
different buttons for each party member. The game suggest that you
start off by just using the first attack you've assigned (a single
button press for each party member as opposed to combinations) to get a
feel for the system. Not a bad idea really.
The more complicated aspect of U.Attacks are pulling of Compound
U.Attacks. Compound U.Attacks are triggered when two party members use
two skills that complete the requirement for the Compound Attack one
right after another. Each Compound Attack involves two party members
using two different techs. There are a few CU Attacks to be found
throughout the game.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
3.Strat - STT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
On The Strategy Screen, you will see your party members and three types
of strategies by each of them. If you select a party member, you can
assign the strategy you'd like the AI to use. For example... Select
Lloyd. Then choose the first option which is how the Character should
Attack in battle. You can choose any of the strategies from the bank to
the right. The description is listed at the bottom of the screen. For
whichever character you are controlling in battle (IE: Manually, the
Computer isn't doing anything with that character) none of this really
applies, but when the computer does take over, this is how it will act.
Below Attack Behavior, you can set how the character will spend their
TP. You can either order them to go all out and waste all of their TP,
Conserve it and use it only when they really need to, or just not even
use it at all. Below that you will be able to setup their movement in
combat. You can either have the character up close and personal with
the enemy, or sniping away from the back lines where it's a bit safer.
For the most part, Melee characters should be up front, while Mages
and weaker characters should be in the back.
Aside from that, you have the option to choose Orders, this option will
appear when you don't have a specific character selected. Press X to
bring up Orders and you will have the option of selecting an overall
configuration. As you will be able to see, all of your characters
setting will be changed the same way according to which Order you
choose. You can have three different order settings, and these can be
helpful because you can switch to these orders on the fly during
battles. Below you can see a Graph that will kind of display how active
your characters are in battle, as well as they're position. Characters
towards the front will be really up and in the thick of it all,
characters in the middle will use caution when attacking, and
characters in the back will be pussies.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
4.Status - SAS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
When you go to the Status Screen you will be treated to a portrait of
the selected character as well as a full list of their stats (duh)
The Format of The Stats will be listed as such
Character Name
Title
Lv X T/S Meter
HP X/X
TP X/X
Exp XXX
Next XXX
Str XX Det XX
Sla XX Acc XX
Thr XX Eva XX
Int XX Lck XX
Weap. Weapon Name
Body Armor Name
Head Headgear Name
Arm Arm Gear Name
Acc.1 Accessory Name
Acc.2 Accessory Name
Now for an explanation of what all that means:
Character Name: The Name of The Character's Stats you are looking at...
Go Figure
Title: The Character's Current Title. Pressing A will bring you up to
the Title Bank where you will be able to Select a Title for the
Character. Titles are earned in various different ways throughout the
game. When you highlight a title you will see which stats will level up
when you gain a level with this title equipped, you'll also get a brief
description about the title, usually how it was obtained.
Level: Character's Current Level
T/S Meter: This meter shows you how developed you are with your EX Type.
T-Technical, and S-Strike. When the meter is complete in one direction
that is your assigned Ex Type, and any skills you learn from
compounding Ex Gems will be of that type. Furtur details on this will
be explained in the Ex Skills section of the instructions below.
HP: Character's Current HP/Max HP
TP: Character's Current TP/MAX TP
EXP: Current Experience Points Character has accumulated
Next: The Required amount of Experience points the Character needs to
Level Up
Str: The higher the "Strength" the higher the damage done.
Def: The higher the "Defense" the less damage taken.
Sla: Lloyd Only It affects the damage done when he performs a
'Slashing'
attack
Acc: The higher the "Accuracy" the higher the damage done, when the
character's attack hits the enemy.
Thr: Lloyd Only. It affects the damage done when he performs a
"Thrusting" attack
Eva: The higher the "Evasion" the less the damage taken. when the
enemy's attack hits the character.
Int: The higher the "Intelligence" the more effective spells are,
and the less damage taken by spells.
Lck: "Luck" affects many things, including the Critical Hit percentage.
Weap.: The Character's Currently Equipped Weapon
Body: The Character's Currently Equipped Armor
Head: The Character's Currently Equipped Headgear
Arm: The Character's Currently Equipped Arm gear
Acc.1: The Character's Currently Equipped Accessory
Acc.2: The Character's Currently Equipped Accessory
Pressing Down on The C Stick will tell you which Skills you can learn
from your current equipment. While pressing Left or Right on the
Control Stick (or Pad) will allow you to cycle through characters (as
usual)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
5.Synopsis - SYN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
This is pretty cool. When you check the Synopsis Screen you will see a
list of events that have unfolded so far. When you highlight one of the
events you can see where it took place (the name of the place AND the
location on the map) as well as your current level when the synopsis
was recorded as well as the date (the real date) Cool Beans!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
6.Items - ITM
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
This is pretty self explanatory, the item system is laid down much like
it has been in previous installments of the 'Tales' Series, and it also
reminds me of Star Ocean (like a lot of other things in this game...
hmm). But I digress, Perhaps you haven't played any of these (for shame
><) Basically there are several categories you can cycle through to
kind of sort the items you're looking at. The first icon (the little
baggy) will show you every item you have. While The Red Gel will show
you healing, the pieces of equipment will show you a list of your
current inventory of that respected piece of equipment, and so fourth.
You can only hold up to 20 of any given item. You can also Press X to
Discard an item, but that's kind of foolish considering you could sell
it if you really didn't want it =p
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
7.EX Skill - EXS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ex Skills are an interesting aspect of Tales of Symphonia that have
quite a bit of depth to them. To start off, the big number here is four.
Each character has four slots for four ex gems, and there are four
levels of ex gems that can be found. Each level of Ex Gem has four
different skills. And each character has a different set of skills. Now,
selecting an Ex Skill is simple enough. Once you acquire an Ex Gem just
place it into any slot for any character. When you do this you'll be
able to select from the four skills of that Ex Gem Level for said
character. Once you get in there, and you're doing it, it's simple
enough. Now, it's easy enough to tell which of these skills you want.
For the most part they'll boost your stats or what not. The tricky part
comes in picking the right combination.
A few things to keep in mind when selecting a combination of ex skills.
First, any ex gem you insert cannot be removed. It can be replaced, but
not removed. Ex Gems aren't as rare as you would think, but they're
rare enough that you shouldn't be changing them at all times,
especially Level 4s. Of course, you can spend your hard earned grade
points at the Katz shop to buy more gems, but it's generally not
recommended. Anyhow... second thing is to keep in mind what the skills
type is. S or T. Depending on your S/T alignment you'll be able to
choose from Ex Skills of that type. Now, that isn't to say that if your
meter is completely full towards S Type you won't get any T Type
Skills, but you are going to get a better selection of higher level S
Type Skills than T types. Finally, the biggest part about selecting ex
skills is trying to unlock a compound ex skills. Compound Ex Skills
come about when a character combines two different skills that unlock a
particular compound skill. So for example... if you give Lloyd Strong
and Tough.... He'll learn the Compound Skill EX Attack. To learn the
skill, all you need to do is have the right combination of Ex Skills
equipped, and fight one battle. That's it!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
8.Equip - EQP
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
When you go to the Equipment screen you will see your character and a
list of their current equipment. As well as equipment you have in your
inventory. If you highlight the characters name you can press Y to
access the Optimal Menu.... not sure what this does yet. If you move
down to the actual equipment section, you can sort the order of the
equipment in your inventory by pressing Y. You can sort your equipment
in Alphabetical Order, or by the Equipments Paraments. When you
highlight a piece of equipment you will get a description of the weapon
at the bottom of the screen. If you press Start you can view the
equipments paraments. If you select a piece of equipment that can be
removed, press X to unequip it and place it back into the inventory.
Press A to select a piece of equipment from the inventory.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
9.Cooking - COK
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
In the Cooking Menu you can select a character and see they're rank in
the art of culinary. According to the number of stars they have, you'll
be able to determine how skilled they are, and what their maximum
potential is. Obviously, the character with the most stars is the
better cook. You can press X to cook the selected recipe which will
appear under the characters name, and will be displayed in the
description box at the bottom... assuming you have the required
ingredients which can be seen on the right. Along with a list of
additional ingredients that can improve the meal beyond the standard
requirement. As you can see, a more skilled character will have a wider
variety of additions to choose from. If you highlight the current
recipe you'll see the recipe book, in which you can select any of your
collected recipes. Once a recipe is chosen, this is what you will cook.
Aside from cooking in this menu, you'll be given a choice to cook after
battles. By selecting a different character in the Cooking Menu, this
is the character that will be given the chance to cook after battle.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10.System - SYS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
You can Save, You Can Load, You Can Customize your game. That was easy!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Controls - CTR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
There are several different areas in the game, and each of them uses a
different set of controls. Here you can read about those sections and
their respective controls.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1.Towns - TWN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Towns are easy enough to navigate. Use your control stick to move your
character around town, and use the A Button interact with people, doors,
and other objects. Skits can accure in towns, so press Z if you see the
skit indicator appear. You can go to shops and purchase items and
equipment. And some towns have Blacksmiths. You can still access your
menu by pressing Y, and you can even use The Sorcerer's Ring by
pressing X. Though it has no real use in Towns.
Customizers
Customizers are pretty much like normal shops accept you trade items
for better ones rather than buy them. The customizer will take an old
piece of equipment and combine it with raw materials that you can find
around the world. Sometimes you can get stuff that's way better than
what's currently offered in a shop, so be sure to invest in this.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.Dungeons - DNG
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dungeons are pretty much exactly like towns. With the exception of
Monsters roaming the area instead of people. You can and will often use
The Sorcerer's Ring in Dungeons. Also to access a memory circle in a
dungeon you will need to activate it by fighting monsters until you
find one that drops the gem to activate the save point. Skits can
happen in Dungeons just like anywhere else, so be on the lookout for it.
Other than that, it's the exact same setup as with towns.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
3.World Map - WDM
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
You'll spend a fair bit of time on the World Map, so it would help to
get accustomed to how things work. Although there will be several
points in the game where you will acquire new means of transportation
where different rules apply, I'll lay down the just of it all. You can
access your menu screen the same as usual, you can also save anywhere
on the world map. Skits can happen out here as well. Monsters will roam
around the map, and if you're on foot, then you'll probably end up
encountering most the enemies you come across. Pressing Start will
change the Mini Map in the bottom right hand corner. You also have your
compass in the top left hand corner. When you're near a city or an area
you can Press A to Enter it, or B to leave it without entering.
Press X to ride Noishe when you have Long Range Mode, which will be
explained automatically in the game. Pressing R/L will rotate the
camera in the respective direction. Push left or right on the control
pad to view the world map. Sometimes you will come across Relationship
Skit Points on the World Map. These are glowing objects that when you
interact with will engage you in a little dialogue with choices between
Lloyd and other members of the party. How you answer will determine the
kind of relationship Lloyd has with his fellow part members.
Later in the game, when you get a Boat, you can use it by going to a
pier and pressing B. And even later on you can press B anywhere on the
world map to summon a Rheairds to fly around on. Cool Beans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
4.Battle - BTL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
When you're in a battle you have quite a few things to keep in mind.
First off, for whatever character you're controlling A is a Normal
Attack, while B is a Tech Attack. Pushing A and a direction on the
control stick will yield several different types of attacks. The same
holds true for Tech Attacks, whichever Attack you've binded to the
combination of the B Button and the Control stick will be executed when
you perform the respective combination. Pressing Y will bring up a Menu.
All movement in battle will stop while the menu is up. From the Menu
you can select tech attacks for each character to use, you can select
union Attacks, Change the Strategy of your party members, change
equipment, use items, or flee. If you attempt to flee a gauge will
appear and it much chare fully before you will be able to escape.
Pressing X will Block, Pressing X with a combination of directions on
the Control Stick will have you performing various different types of
blocking, even jumps. Z will activate a Union Attack if you're able to
execute it at that time. Using the direction pad you can shift between
your preset orders on the fly. You'll be able to use the C Stick to
trigger the Techs of your party members that you have bound to the
appropriate direction. Pressing or Holding R will allow you to switch
targets. And pressing start will pause the battle.
=======================================================================
V. Walkthrough - WLK
=======================================================================
*Note: The Table of Contents does not include the hundreds upon
Hundreds of times I've written "World Map" if you want to see what you
need to do on the World Map search for the last section you were on, or
the next section you're going to, and behold.... the World Map section
is in the middle of the two. That easy.
Watch the opening scene that explains a bit of the back story while you
get an overview of the land. Finally we zoom into our destination,
where this journey will begin.
=======================================================================
A. Disc One - DSK 1
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
01. Classroom
Items: Magic Lens
Title: Klutz (Colette)
Skit: It'll Be Fine
=======================================================================
Watch the scenes here.
Once you gain control of Lloyd, familiarize yourself with the controls
of the game. The Control stick moves Lloyd around. The Control Pad's
Left and right buttons will pivot Lloyd in their respective directions.
Pressing Y will bring up the Menu Screen.
Anyways... Now that you've (hopefully) familiarized yourself with the
controls thus far, go around the classroom and talk to everyone. To
talk to people just walk up to them and Press A. The button will flash
on the screen in the lower right hand corner, so that shouldn't be too
hard! Make sure to talk to everyone several times. Sometimes they have
more things to say. Keep talking with them until you either read all of
what they have to say, or just plain get tired of them.
When you're finished talking to everyone, try and leave the classroom.
Choose the first choice when you get the chance. After the scene
Colette and Genis will join you. A window will pop up explaining about
Skits. Make sure to be on the lookout for the Z button to appear in the
corner of the screen!
Before leaving make sure you examine the hole in the wall to view a
short scene, and get a new title for Colette! (Information on Assigning
titles can be found in the Instructions section) Also, talk to the boy
with the Blue Hair to get a Magic Lens.
=======================================================================
02. The Village of Oracles - Iselia
=======================================================================
Watch the scene.
You're objective now is to escort Colette to the Temple. I'd suggest
exploring the Village first.
Before going very far, you might want to Save your Data at the memory
circle. It's right next to the school house. A tip from an RPG Veteran:
Save Often, and use multiple saves. At least two, one for 'safe' times,
and one for 'dangerous' times. Safe like on the World Map, or in a Town.
Dangerous like a dungeon. Use your instinct (and/or this guide!) to
help decide which is which and when is when. If that makes any sense...
Head south from the Memory Circle and you'll come across The Item Shop
"Halo". You can stock up if you want, though your funds are rather
limited at the moment. Aside from that, there isn't much else to do.
You can check out Genis house for a little information about the
Densian, and you can go to Collette's house and have Frank heal you.
Everything else is locked, and you can't go out the South Gate.
Once you head north past the save point, a monster will appear and you
will be engaged in your first battle. The game will provide you with
some brief (I mean really brief) tutorials over the next couple of
battles. For more information on the battle system check the
Instructions section. If for any chance a battle will call for a
drastic overall in the strategy settings, I will include that in the
initial walkthrough.
After the short battles you might want to go back to Frank to heal,
afterwards head out the north gate and onto the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: What's The Temple Like?
=======================================================================
Once on the world map you can save as if you were on a Memory Circle.
Also, you'll notice that you'll be able to see the monsters roaming the
land so you have somewhat of a choice whether you want to fight them or
not. I seriously recommend fighting every monster you see throughout
the entire game unless I state otherwise. This should keep you from
having to spend much time 'level-building'. Which is more or less
taking time from the game to stop and focus your efforts on just
fighting battles over and over to gain experience for underdeveloped
characters! It's up to you though. You should probably spend a little
time gaining a level or two now though, and familiarize yourself more
with the combat system.
When you feel you're ready, head into The Martel Temple at the tip of
the peninsula, southeast from Iselia.
=======================================================================
03. Martel Temple
Items: Life Bottle, Panacea Bottle, Sorcerer's Ring
Skit: Test of The Chosen?, Lloyd's Thoughts on Angels., Do I Have To?,
The Oracle.
=======================================================================
When you arrive watch the scene. Now head up the stairs towards the
Temple. Watch a scene and then you will get into a battle with Two
Soldiers. They seemed easier than the monsters outside to me.
Afterwards you will get into your first boss fight!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Vidarr:
HP: 4000
TP: 30
Strong Against (S): None
Weak Against (W): None
Exp: 115
Gald: 25
Item: Life Bottle
This guy's attacks hurt, so watch out, and try to be on the defensive.
After a short little bout a scene will commence. After the scene, the
fight will resume. The same rules apply as before, except now you have
a little more slack due to your new found ally. He'll cast healing
spells on you, so you can take some risk if you're feeling impatient.
You might as well use up all your TP here as well. It won't take long
to finish off this guy after that.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle.... watch more scenes!
Now that Liquid Snake.... I mean Kratos has joined you, you have a
healer of sorts (Yay!) Anyways... after a scene Kratos will give you a
training manual. You can review it in the Items Menu. Pretty basic
stuff though.
Go right and keep going along the path until you come to a stairway
leading down. The enemies in this area aren't so tough, and provide
some pretty good experience. Take advantage of having a full party.
Though be careful, seeing as how I'm sure everyone is running low on TP,
Kratos doesn't have infinite TP to heal with!
Head downstairs and watch Collette act stupid.... after the battle
watch a scene. The scene will explain what you have to do to progress.
Basically you're gonna want to fight these Golems and keep pushing the
blocks they leave behind into the holes. Use the stairs on either end
of the platform to go down to the area where you've been pushing the
blocks into. After you've mad enough pathways you should be able to get
the two treasure chest, and the ring you saw from the scene upon your
entrance (which is needed to progress)
Once you get the ring, you can press X to use it. This will be helpful
in getting past the next part of the Temple. Now head back to the main
hall. When you get upstairs you should see another skit. Once back at
the entrance take the north stairway up to a blue barrier. There will
be a short scene and the group will decide that you should try using
the ring. Do so, then watch another scene. Now take the teleporter.
Watch a scene. Afterwards talk to your peeps. Scene. Walk around the
room a bit for a skit with Genis. Warp back down. After a fairly
humorous scene walk around a bit for another skit. Wait around a bit
for yet ANOTHER skit. Attempt to exit the temple for a short scene.
Head back to the map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skits: The Journey
=======================================================================
As soon as you exit the temple you'll see another friggin skit. Now
head back to Iselia.
=======================================================================
04. Iselia
Items: Collector's Book, Grapes, Bread
Skit: Sole Redeeming Feature
Title: Brotherly Love (Genis)
=======================================================================
Go around the village and talk to people. Maybe even stop by the Halo
and buy some Gels and Bread. When you're done messing around, head over
to Collette's House for a scene, and you will receive a Collectors Book.
A handy little item that will list all of the items you've collected so
far save for key items seemingly. Afterwards head to Genis' House. On
the way, pass by the schoolhouse to trigger a skit. Also, make sure to
walk into the classroom for a scene and get a new title for Genis. When
you get to Genis'House you'll get some stuff to make sandwiches with,
and a tutorial on cooking. If you ever want to check out the tutorial
again, come back and expect that cabinet where you got the ingredients.
When you're ready, head down to the south gate for a scene.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Just walk on over to the Forest. Simple
=======================================================================
05. Iselia Forest
Items: Apple Gel, Life Bottle
Skit: Genis' Friend
=======================================================================
Watch a short scene and then head up the path until you get a skit.
Proceed up the path collecting the treasure along the way. When you
come towards a Memory Circle, you'll see a short scene. Save and head
towards The Human Ranch.
=======================================================================
06. Iselia Human Ranch
Items: Orange Gel
=======================================================================
When you enter the Ranch you'll see a short, disturbing scene. Walk
forward for another scene. Pick the first choice when you have the
chance, then the second one. After the scene plays out you'll have to
help her out. Head back towards the entrance and behind some trees to
get to a ledge. After the short scene, you'll receive a short tutorial
about the action button. Jump on up. Jump up again, and the jump to the
right for a chest. Jump back down, and jump up to the left. Watch a
scene, and then you'll be fully healed. Watch more scenes. Get into a
fight with a couple Whip Masters. They aren't too hard. Watch a scene.
=======================================================================
07. Iselia Forest
Items: Leather Glove, Apple Gel(X2), 500 Gald, Orange Gel
=======================================================================
After the whole ordeal, you'll end up back at the save point with
Genis' equipment. Hold onto it for him. Head north onto the next screen.
Since Lloyd is by himself now, be careful with combat. Don't be afraid
to use a lot of tech attacks, Lloyd can regain TP with ease. Head north
and pass the first passage, go right at the second and open a chest.
Head back and go left towards another chest. Now head back towards the
entrance Go right at the first passage and circle around the roundabout
to get to a chest. Head back down a bit to the bridge and cross it,
keep going until you see a chest. Follow the path up and pass under an
old trunk acting as a bridge. Head up towards the trunk and walk to the
Bag to collect the goods. Keep heading north until you reach the exit.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Restless Noishe
=======================================================================
Head right towards the small house with the river passing by it. Along
the way you'll encounter a skit.
=======================================================================
08. Dirk's House
Item: Apple Gelx2, Life Bottle, 500 Gald, Sylvarant Map
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll see a scene. You can't do much here, so just head
inside the house. Scene... oh yeah. After the scene, you'll see another
one, and then have a choice. Pick the first one.... and watch a scene.
In the morning, head downstairs and talk to Dirk at the grave. Watch a
scene, and get some loot, including a map of Sylvarant which should
come in handy. After a few more scenes you'll be in...
=======================================================================
09. Iselia
Item: Apple Gel, Orange Gel
Skit: Dirk, the Craftsman, What is Colette Hiding?, Desians Attack
Title: Drifting Swordsman (Lloyd)
=======================================================================
Well... that was fast. Anyways... you'll see a short scene, afterwards
make sure you re-equip Genis. Talk to the people around the entrance
than head into the yard of the Item Shop Halo, you should get a skit.
Head to the right and you should get another skit. Make the rounds...
talking, shopping, and all that good stuff. Save if you'd like.
Afterwards head over to Collette's House. Scene Time. Afterwards talk
to Frank if you need to heal, then brace yourself and head outside.
You'll see a short scene, and now there will be a Memory Circle outside
of Collette's House. I suggest you use it, I also suggest using your
'danger' save if you took my advice from earlier. Anyways, time to bust
some heads. Go around the whole town, but avoid the south exit for the
time being. After you fight the guys up by the schoolhouse, the militia
guy will give you an Apple Gel and an Orange Gel for helping out.
Afterwards you should see a skit. Walk by Genis' House for a short
scene. When you're ready go back to Collette's House to rest and save,
than make your way to the south gate for a scene. Boss time!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Exbelua
HP: 5000
TP: 38
S: None
W: None
EXP: 280
GALD: 320
Item: Panacea Bottle
This guy can be pretty tough, you're best bet would be to hit it with
as many Demon Fangs as your TP will allow you. When you run low try to
go in and get a combo going, I found that I was able to keep the boss
from attacking while whacking on it quite a few times consecutively,
Hell.... if Genis got in on the action. You might need to use a few
Gels though.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Some rather depressing scenes will ensue. After the scenes talk to
Phaidra and Frank. The rest of the Village is off limits aside from the
Militia man you helped at the school, and Collette's Empty House. So
you may as well head out the south gate. There you will see a short
scene. Lloyd will than receive the title of Drifting Swordsman.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Just head south, following the road. eventually you'll see a Caravan.
=======================================================================
10.Nova's Caravan
=======================================================================
When you enter there will be a short scene. You'll be able to rest here
for free. After that little interlude, head back out onto the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Keep going along the path. Before long you'll stop for a short scene.
You'll get an explanation on how to use Ex Skills. Afterwards keep
going along the path. Before long you'll see a building.
=======================================================================
11. House of Salvation
Skit: Why do Desians Exsist?
=======================================================================
Enter and walk up a bit to trigger a scene. Here you'll get an
explanation about Traveling in Long Range Mode, and using Guidepost
Monuments. After you've heard about those, head inside the House itself.
Stand still for a moment in the doorway and you should trigger a skit.
Talk to the people in here. You'll be told to go upstairs to rest, do
so if you so desire. Afterwards head back outside, and exit to the
world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Ex Gem LV.1
Skit: I don't sleep in class
Skit Point: Genis
=======================================================================
You should be able to ride on Noishe now by pressing X on the World Map.
Before heading up towards the Desert, and without mounting Noishe, head
over to the forest area west of The House of Salvation and you should
see a chest. Open it to obtain a Level 1 EX Gem. You can equip this, or
save it. I chose to equip it on Lloyd. After getting the chest, head
east into a long path of forest. When you reach the end you should see
your first Shiny Relationship Skit Point. When you walk onto the
glowing circle you will see a skit scene, according to how you answer
will affect the relationship between Lloyd and Genis. This will hold
true for all these Shiny Relationship Skit Points. Now, Head up towards
the desert area. Watch out for the snakes and scorpions that will
appear in some encounters around this area, they're pretty tough. Head
towards the town in the desert to trigger a skit. You might want to
consider building some levels before entering the town. As I said, some
of the enemies in this area are pretty tough, and they give good
experience. Might as well take the time to better situate yourself. I
recommend running back and fourth from the desert to Nova's Caravan to
rest. Sure, it's farther away than The House of Salvation, but at least
Nova doesn't charge 100 bucks ><. Either way, I was at level 9 before I
decided to move on. You might want to consider 10 (if not higher) if
you are so patient. But I was getting tired of the Snake/Scorpion
poison. Whenever you're ready enter Triet.
=======================================================================
12. The Desert Oasis - Triet
Item: Soft Leather, Cabbage, Pork
Recipe: Cabbage Rolls
=======================================================================
Watch a scene yo. This is important - DON'T LOOK AT THE POSTER YET.
Alright. First you want to go around town, talk to peeps, and check out
the item shops. You should come across a guy who will ask for a minute
of your time. Agree. This is the game's first customizer. He'll ask you
for some beast hide. I'm sure you have some by now, so give it to him.
He'll give you a Soft Leather, and agree to make you something. Go
ahead and get the Hard Leather. Next to him you'll find a Weapon Shop,
some pretty pricey items here, but I highly recommend you at least
upgrade Lloyd's Weapon. And right next to THAT is an Armory. Luckily
Lloyd just got that free Hard Leather, so he's not too pressed to
upgrade, but if you can afford it, do so. And next to that is... well a
fairly humorous hole =p.
You'll see a funny looking cat person who represents The Katz
Exploration Team. These can be found throughout the game, they will
look into stuff on the map you may have missed for you... for a fee
that is. You probably don't have the funds to blow right now, so just
keep it in mind for later. There will be another useful person around
the Katz center that will trade you Ex Gems for your GRADE. Grade as
you might have noticed is something collect after each battle depending
on how well you did. My advice to you would be to save your Grade up
for now, and keep this place in mind for later. Across the street from
the Katz center, and past the Wanted Poster (don't check it yet!)
you'll get to the Inn. Stay/Save if you'd like, than head upstairs and
down to the end of the hall for a scene that will yield a new recipe
for your group! Head out of there and go north past the Katz Center to
a new area of the town.
Talk to the people there and eventually you'll come to a shop that
sells Cooking Ingredients. Stock up if you so desire. Head down the
path and go into the Fortune Teller's Tent for a scene. When given the
choice you might as well pay.... though you end up getting ripped off
anyways =p. Afterwards she'll tell you your compatibility with your
party members for free. Nice. Once you are done messing around.... you
can finally check the poster. After that try and leave and watch a
scene. Then a battle. Afterwards a scene.
=======================================================================
13. Sylvarant Base
Items: Beast Hide, Beast Fang, Magical Cloth, 1500 Gald
Skit: Unknown Technology, Feels Different, Help, Genis?
=======================================================================
Watch a scene and listen to some groovy music. Afterwards you'll have
to shoot the guard with the Sorcerer's Ring. After you get out of the
cell, open the one next to you for a treasure, and the one after that
for a Memory Circle. Head right past the cells and head up to the chest
to get your gear back. Go right more until you get a scene and then a
battle. After beating these wimps head up through the door. Watch a
scene that'll describe how to complete this puzzle. Touch the globe to
change the function of the Sorcerer's Ring. Now you can start working
on this puzzle. If you run around the room you should trigger a skit.
Also, if you get into a fight with one of the robots, don't worry.
Another will take it's place. In fact you should at least fight one,
when you finish the battle you should trigger a skit. Afterwards take
the left door into a hallway, and take the first passage north. In this
room grab the chest. You'll also see a vending machine that you can
purchase items from. Leave the room and head back down, take the
stairs left into the... hehe.... Gamecube room. Use the Memory Gem if
you have it to activate the Memory Circle. Wait around near the GCN for
a Skit. Now check the panel on the left side of the GCN for a short
dialogue. Afterwards you'll know that you need to step onto the
platforms and fire the Sorcerer's Ring at the pillars. Shoot the middle
and top pillars and the light in the room should change read and say
that the entrance has been opened. Go south and collect a treasure.
There's nothing else you can do here, so head back to the GCN room.
Back in the GCN room, shoot the top pillar, the middle pillar, and
finally the bottom pillar. The room's light should turn Green, and it
should say the Control room has been unlocked. Save your game, than go
north through the door. Watch a scene and then you'll get into a Boss
Fight
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Botta, Two Foot Soldiers
HP: 4200
TP: 224
S: None
W: None
EXP: 475
Gald: 1500
Item: Poison Charm
Luckily you have a full party for this fight. This guy can be pretty
tough, make sure to take out the two Guards first, than you can pound
on Botta. Sword Rain and Tiger Sword are really good for juggling this
boss if Lloyd has those. Kratos will be here to heal, so you have some
slack. Even so, this guy can really rack up the damage, so be alert.
And don't be afraid to use items.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now time for a scene.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Know The Enemy
=======================================================================
You've got a full group again now. But before you do anything else, you
should head back to Triet. As you approach the town, a skit will
automatically ensue. Afterwards Combos and Status will be added to the
Training Manual. Afterwards, head into town.
=======================================================================
14. Triet
Item: Monster List
Skit: Journey to Save the World
Dog: Cammy
=======================================================================
Watch a scene when you enter the town. After the scenes talk with
Kratos, and then leave your room. Go upstairs and enter the first door
on the left. Watch a scene. Afterwards talk to Raine, than examine
Genis. The choice is up to you, but I left him alone. Now try and leave
the room and view a short scene. When you come out of the room you'll
see another scene, choose to follow him. Watch another scene. The next
morning leave your room again and leave the inn. Scene.
You'll receive a monster list from Raine during it. Afterwards Raine
will join the party. *Note*: Raine has a special ability that when she
uses a Magic Lens in battle she will get the complete information on
any monster she scans, she is the only one who can get complete
information. If you are a completeist, this would be you'd have to
include her in your party for every unique battle in the game (save for
the ones before getting her). Just thought I'd let you know.
Head back towards the end and you should trigger a skit. If you head up
north to the next screen and talk to a man wearing a turban standing
next to the water you'll trigger a scene.
Afterwards make Colette your on screen character and then talk to the
dog standing next to the man, she will then name the Dog. This is a
little side quest that will last throughout most of the game, there's
usually a dog in ever area for Colette to name, and in the end you will
get a special title for naming them all. I've included a complete list
of the locations of all the dogs in the Side Quest section of the guide.
Hop over to Colette's Dog Naming (CDN1) if you'd like to check that out.
*NOTE: I missed the first three dogs on the list at first, so I won't
be able to list the names until hopefully my next update.*
At this point you should decide which characters you'll be using for a
while. I replaced Raine with Genis, seeing as how I like Raine and
Genis was the second highest leveled next to Lloyd, so I figured he
could afford to warm the bench for a while. Go ahead and gear up your
party members. If you can afford to upgrade everyone, by all means do
so. Before heading out, stay at the inn again, you'll trigger a scene.
When you're ready to leave head out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: We're not on Vacation, Kratos' Intention, Noishe Worries, Sense
of Direction
Skit Point: Colette
Dog: Kitty (Uhh Okay Colette)
=======================================================================
Your destination are the Triet Ruins to the west of Triet, but you
might want to catch up on some leveling you might have missed out on
due to a lack of members. The battles should be easy enough with a full
group. I didn't spend too much time out here. With a full group the
enemies were easy, and the most experience any group of enemies yielded
was about 40. You can still spend some time out here if you wish though.
Before heading into the ruins though, head back to the House of
Salvation and have Colette name the dog there. Next wander around near
the Base area and you should trigger a skit. If you wander around the
desert some more you should get another skit. If you head far east from
Triet you'll be able to find the Mapstone Marker which will enable you
to ride Noishe in the desert. Also if you keep trying to head towards
what looks like an entrance to a mountain pass you'll see two skits.
One should appear when you're getting close, and another when you try
to enter the area, that one will automatically happen, and will keep
happening for as many times as you try to enter that area prematurely.
After that, pass by the mountain path and head toward the grassy area,
you should come across a Shiny Relationship point. This one is between
Lloyd and Colette. Regardless of whether you were leveling (and if you
were, I'd suggest returning to town to rest) or skit hunting, when
you're finally ready to move on, head to the ruins. Before entering
though, head down the long path of Grassy Area next to the ruins on the
other side of the mountain. You'll find another Shiny Skit Point. This
time between Lloyd and Raine. After that's over with, head back to the
ruins and enter.
=======================================================================
15. Triet Ruins
Skit: Combo! Lloyd and Colette
Title: Archeological Mania (Raine)
Items: Lemon Gel, Apple Gel, Bracelet, Life Bottle, 1000 Gald, Mumei,
Stiletto, Circlet, Savory
=======================================================================
When you enter there will be a scene. You'll get into a battle with two
Fire Elements. Nothing Special. Afterwards a scene. Afterwards all
you're party members will learn some valuable skills. Lloyd will learn
Guardian, Colette will learn Damage Guard, Raine and Genis will learn
Force Field. You can assign these skills as a special move, or you can
press Down and X during battle to activate it. Once that's over with,
the scene will resume. After the scene you should trigger a skit right
away. After that head to the stairs and watch a scene. During the scene
you'll obtain the title of Archeological Mania for Raine. Then the
scene will resume. Afterwards, head down into the dungeon.
Head up the path and head south down and left down the path until you
get to a chest with some rocks on top of it. Use the Sorcerer's Ring to
knock the rocks off and collect the treasure. Along the way make sure
to fight the monsters and get a feel for your new guarding abilities,
they'll prove invaluable throughout the game. Go up through the door in
front of you and head right for a scene. When it's over use the
Sorcerer's ring to light the torch. There will be a couple scenes. Once
back in control head back towards the entrance and enter the first door
you see along the way. In this area go around and collect all the
treasures. When you're done raiding the chest, push the two big stone
blocks in the room in the crevice next to the base of the ramp you see
straight across from where you entered. Cross over the blocks at light
the torch. Head up the ramp and follow the path for more treasure.
Head back to the main hall, and take the remaining path north,
IMPORTANT: IGNORE THE CHEST, for now at least, but keep it in mind.
Head through the door into the next area. Head along the path until you
get to another Stone Block, push it into the hole not far from it.
Cross over, grab the treasure, and light the torch. Head towards the
new path you just made and follow it up, past the memory circle point
and the warp to grab some treasure. Head over and unlock the memory
seal (if you don't have the gem, go find it) save. Heal up and put
Genis in the party if you already haven't. Turn off all of Genis skills
except for Aqua Edge, change his strat to go all out with TP, and setup
a shortcut for Aqua Edge on your controlled character if you'd like.
Step onto the teleport. Watch a scene, and than a boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Ktugach
HP: 5000
TP: 50
S: Fire
W: Water, Ice
EXP: 628
Gald: 85
Item: Red Quartz
Boss: Ktugachling x2
HP: 1500
TP: 180
S: Fire
W: Water, Ice
EXP: 60
Gald: 15
Item: None
Obviously, your best means for dealing damage in this battle is to use
Genis' Aqua Edge... A LOT. Aside from that, it'd be in your best
interest to take out the two Ktugachlings first. Afterwards just focus
all your attacks on the main boss. Kratos (or Raine) should be in your
party to heal. Better Kratos than Raine seeing as he can at least try
to fill his TP back up with relative ease. Just keep pounding it with
Aqua Edge, and watch out for it's magic
attacks, they hurt!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards you'll see some scenes. After it's over, Colette will learn
Angel Feathers. Now step onto the warp, save, then make your way out of
this place. (NOTE: Still don't open the chest, now is not the time for
it. Just keep it in mind for later!) When you get outside you'll
witness a scene. During the night talk to everyone, though save Colette
for last. Answer everyone however you want, it makes no difference
really. Talk to Colette, and then talk to her again. You'll see a scene.
Afterwards you'll be back on the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: To Palmacosta
=======================================================================
You should trigger a skit immediately, viewing it will suggest that you
return to Triet. Do so now.
=======================================================================
16. Triet
Title: Sisterly Love
Skit: Prayer
=======================================================================
When you enter, there will be a scene. Raine will get a new title
"Sisterly Love" after the scene. Head over to the inn and rest there,
you should see a skit. Afterwards, save and shop if you need to. When
you're finished, head back outside.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Your destination is The Ossa Trail you may have ventured to earlier to
grab the Mapmarker Stone and to trigger a few skits. You can go there
now, or you can return to the Triet Ruins for some leveling. I'd
suggest the leveling, seeing as how the Ruins is a pretty good place to
build up some Exp, at least for a couple of levels. I got up to level
14 before I decided to move on. This is more than enough, really it's
up to you though if you'd like to be higher or lower than that. If
you're level 12 and aren't having any problems fighting the monsters in
the area than you're more than efficient enough to go onto the next
area. None the less, whatever you decide, once you're finished
rest/save and head off to the Ossa Trail.
=======================================================================
17. Ossa Trail
Item: Battle Staff, Melange Gel, Apple Gel, Orange Gel
Skit: Team Coordination
=======================================================================
Enter and head up the path until you encounter a scene. Here you'll
meet my favorite character in the game, Sheena ^^. When you get a
choice choose whatever option. I went with the second. After the scene
continue up the path. The only enemies to be careful of in this area
really are the Manadragoras, despite their appearance they can do some
seriously wicked damage. The Bear creatures aren't even a challenge,
just watch out for their grabs. They won't do that much damage but they
can hold you for a few seconds. Keep going along the path until you get
to a chest, then go along again. When you get up far enough there will
be a little stop where you can save and collect two treasure chest. Do
so, and then proceed forward. Follow the path until you get to another
chest, open it, before going on though - HEAL!! up if you need to, you
have a boss coming up. Then keep going until you see a scene. And then
a boss battle!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Clumsy Assassin (Sheena)
HP: 1800
TP: 131
S: None
W: None
EXP: 200
Gald: 128
Item: Holy Bottle
Guardian-Wind
HP: 2000
TP: 400
S: None
W: None
EXP: 250
Gald: 250
Item: Magic Lens
This battle was tougher than I had imagined it would be. First off it
caught me off guard so I wasn't fully healed. Second off I went after
the Guardian First. Bad Idea, Sheena is the one who will be laying
waste to your party members. So make sure you pound on her. It can be
difficult because she likes to guard a lot, but keep at it. Try to keep
everyone's health up, and after you've dealt with her the Guardian is
laughable.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards, a scene as per usual. Before heading into the cave, keep
going down the path. Try to leave and you will automatically get into a
skit with Lloyd and Kratos. After it you will FINALLY be able to use
Unison Attacks. There will be an explanation on them. Setup your
U.Attack now by going into the menu and selecting U.Attack if you'd
like. Then step outside for a minute.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: An Assassin?
=======================================================================
As soon as you exit the trail a skit will trigger. Afterwards save and
head back into the trail.
=======================================================================
18. Ossa Trail
Items: Fine Guard, Black Silver, Beast Fang, EX Gem Lv1
Skit: The Ossa Trail, Raised by a Dwarf
=======================================================================
Head into the cave now. When you enter you should get a skit. Head down
the path a little and you should get another skit. Keep going down the
path. Ignore the left split and keep going, take the second left turn
you see and grab the chest. Head back towards the entrance and take the
right passage this time, head south to get a chest. Head back to the
main hallway, and go north to the next screen. Avoid talking to the
skull and back your way past it to the back of the room to get two
chest (one is hidden behind a crate) Just for your information the
Skull is a really difficult boss that there's no way you can take on at
this point. Ignore it for now and keep it in mind for later (like that
damn chest in the Triet Ruins)
*UPDATE* I got an email stating that it's quite possible to defeat this
monster when you first arrive, and now that I think of it, I probably
could have.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Hi. I was going through your ToS FAQ, because there was a pretty toug
henemy that I fought and I wanted the name of. It is that skeleton
thing with four weapons, in the Ossa Trail. When I went to your FAQ,
you state that there is no way to beat him....I beat him when I first
got there! ^O^ What yo ucan do to beat him is always have Genis charge
a Stalagmite, and always have Collette charge up an Angel's Feather.
Have Kratos always healing Lloyd or using Orange Gummies on some body
(just maek sure he doesn't get in fornt of the enemy) With Lloyd, go up
to him and block and do a combo when he is open. DO NOT go back,
because when there is nobody right in front of him, he starts to go
towards the party. With this strategy, Lloyd can attack and withstand
it somewhat, and everyone will be supporting with spells from behind.
He will be dead after a while. I used an Eyeglass on him to find out he
has 8000 HP.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit goes to Mohammed Ahmed for this tip. So give it a shot if you'd
like. However you can come back to this later if you prefer, I'll cover
that later on in the guide.
Now that you're done here, head back to the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Lemon Gel
Skit Point: Genis, Kratos
=======================================================================
Save and all that good stuff, then head out. If you head faaaar north
from the trail you'll see a bridge, before crossing it go towards the
mountain side and you should find the Marker Stone. Grab that and then
cross the bridge, on the beach there will be a Shiny Skit between Lloyd
and Genis. In this area of beach near the Shiny Skit are some fairly
difficult battles. It's not anything you can't handle, but they are
noticeably more difficult than any other encounter in the area. Just a
fair warning. However, don't go furtur north past the beach with the
Shiny Skit, this is an area you aren't supposed to be in yet, proof of
that lies in the monsters in this area that will wipe the floor with
you, so just stay outta there. Once you're done messing around way up
there, head all the way south back to the trail and you should see
your destination just a stone's throw away. But first, head past it
going furtur south. You'll soon end up at the tip of a peninsula and
won't be able to go any furtur, that's alright though because the
Shiny Skit I sent you over for is right here! This one is between Lloyd
and Kratos. Make your way over and into the Port Town of Izoold.
=======================================================================
19. The Small Fishing Port - Izoold
Item: Rice, Lyla's Letter
Skit: Even if I become an Angel?
Recipe: Rice Ball
Dog: Pookie
=======================================================================
Not too much to do in this quiet little village. As usual talk to
everyone in town. There's a dog near the entrance of town for Colette
to name. Head into the first house on the left, this is the inn. Stay
the night for a rather touching little skit. Avoid the top left house
for now and head around the rest of the village first. Head into the
house that the Kats are standing around and go to the top right hand
corner of the house, examine the spot and you'll meet up once again
with Wonder Chef. He'll teach you the recipe for the infamous Rice
Balls. In the port area you can talk to a Katz to play Emotional
Balloon.
---------------- Mini Game: Emotional Balloon - (MGB1) ---------------
Emotional Balloon, or "EB" is a little memory game Genis can play with
the Katz person in Izoold at anytime. There are three different
difficulty settings, each a little more complex than the last. If you
match the Katz' emotions by pushing the correct buttons perfectly,
you'll get a prize at the end. Here are the three prizes for each
difficulty.
Mode: Easy| Rounds: 10| Prize: 5 Apple Gels
Mode: Normal| Rounds: 15| Prize: 5 Life Bottles
Mode: Hard| Rounds: 30| Prize: 5 Lemon Gels
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Anyhow.... when you're ready go check out that house I told you to pass
over before. Have a chat with Lyia for a scene. Afterwards, chase after
her. Go into the port area and down the dock to trigger a scene. When
given the choice, pick the first option. Afterwards, if you're ready,
talk to Max to set sail for Palmcosta! There will be a scene when you
board the boat.
=======================================================================
20. The Port City - Palmacosta
Item: Rice, Egg, Palma Potion
Skit: To Fight the Strong, Dorr of Palmcosta, Imposters,
Colette's Imposter
Recipe: Omelets
Dog: Teddy, Pepe
Title: Turbo Waitress (Colette), Honor Roll (Genis)
=======================================================================
When you arrive there will be a scene. Talk to everyone along the docks,
if you stand still for a while on the docks you should get a skit.
Afterwards Battle Tips will be added to the Training Manual. Keep going
along of the docks into the harbor area. Get Colette out and talk to
the dog near the market stands. Talk to everyone around here, and then
head down to the shops. You'll find a customizer here, so try and take
advantage of that. You probably won't have any White Silver so the
Masamune and Mage Cloak are out of the question ;_;. You should be able
to make a Slicer Ring, Gem Rod, and Steel Sword though. After that head
to the armorer in the next stall. You should have a pretty fat stack of
cash at this point, and seeing as how you shouldn't have to buy to
upgrade most of your party's weapons, you can probably afford to
upgrade everyone. I'd certainly recommend it. Head down to the Weapon
Shop at the bottom stall and buy new weapons for Lloyd and Genis. Head
down the bridge into the next part of town.
Watch a scene. You can't go past the Inn (the building where the other
group came out of) so head in there, Rest here, use the memory circle,
all that good stuff. Head back outside and head across the bridge,
talking to people along the way. Entering the building at the end of
the street will yield a scene. Afterwards you'll trigger a skit. It
turns out this is an item shop, and they sell Palma Potion! It cost 1k
though... if you have that, that's all well and good. If you don't Cacao
will suggest taking up a part-time job at the Palmacosta Academy. I had
the funds on me so I went ahead and bought it without all the hassle.
If you head upstairs and examine the bookshelf you can read a little
bit about the Desians. Now leave the shop and head back to the
adventures to settle your debt.
If you head across the bridge next to the item shop you'll come to the
next part of town, and a scene. Talk to the people here and then switch
Colette to be the on screen character, have her talk to the dog. If you
enter the building in the right most corner there will be a scene. Then
you'll have a choice to accept a challenge. Do so, if only just to show
these punks up. After the scene head over to the weird looking post and
examine it. Tada! Wonder Chef is here to teach you how to make Omelets.
If you head down the hall on the first floor, the second door will
bring you to the Academy's Cafeteria. If you talk to the guy in the
back, Colette will be able to take up the Part-Time job as a Waitress.
You should do this even if you had the money to pay for the Palma
Potion, because doing so will net Colette a new title.
--------------------- Mini Game: Waitress - (MGW1) --------------------
This little mini game can be played by going to the Cafeteria in
Palmacosta's Academy. Colette will take up a part-time job as a
Waitress. All you have to do is remember the customers order, order it
from the kitchen, and then bring it out to the right customer. Simple
enough... you'd think. But it's kind of hard to tell the customers apart.
The best tip I can give you is to jot down a few little notes on a
piece of paper. Write down the order and maybe the hair color of the
customer. You don't have all day to view the orders before the
customers will take their seats, so be quick about it. When you're
finished you'll be paid according to how well you did (and get a free
Palma Potion if that's what you came here for) as well as get a title
for Colette. You can play this Mini Game again, but you'll only get
Gald from now on.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now go up to the second floor of the academy. Enter the first door you
come across and watch a scene. Now you'll be able to study for the
challenge. You'll be asked some questions. I've provided the answers
here, but if you'd like to solve them yourself, go ahead.
-------------------- Side Quest: Pop Quiz - (SPQ1) --------------------
When you first arrive in Palmacosta and visit the Academy you'll be
able to accept a little challenge to show off how smart Genis is.
Before the challenge however you'll have a pop-quiz. This may or may
not effect the out come of the actual challenge, but none the less,
here are the answers for the three questions Raine will ask:
1. Guardian
2. Acceleration due to gravity
3. I don't know
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards it's time to head over to the test room. Exit the classroom
and head over next door. Watch some scenes. Afterwards Genis will get a
new title. Leave the classroom. Now the once empty classrooms are full
again, so talk with the students if you'd like, then finally head out
of here. Head next door to the academy and enter the church. If you
head to the front and talk to the Pastor standing there, you'll see a
scene. In the right corner of the church next to the entrance you'll
see Chocolat, talk to her for a scene. Once you head outside there will
be a scene. Next to the church you'll see a path leading up to a Steam
Ship. Head towards the ship for a scene. When you're finally ready to
move on head to the Governor Building and talk to the guards for a
scene. When given the choice go ahead and pick the second one. Watch a
fairly humorous scene and then head back to the Governor Building. Head
up the steps for a scene. Once it's over you'll trigger a skit. Now...
You're finally done with Palmacosta! For now at least. So make your way
back towards the inn. When you try to cross the bride that leads back
towards the other section of town you'll trigger another skit.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Once you leave Palmacosta you should see a forest with Nova's Caravan
parked in it just to the north. Head on over there.
=======================================================================
21. Nova's Caravan
Item: Linkite Nut
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene. Afterwards talk to the children standing
next to Nova. After all this talk of nut shaking you'll get a Linkite
Nut by talking to the little girl. After talking to everyone here there
will be a scene. Afterwards you can go back to the map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Ex Gem Lv. 2
=======================================================================
Head around the mountain just to the east of Nova's Caravan to get a
chest containing an Ex Gem Lv. 2! Follow around the mountain until you
see a road bridging out on your mini map, heads north towards it and
along the way you'll find the Mapmarker Stone. Hit that up and keep
heading towards the road. Head west along the road to come to a House
of Salvation.
=======================================================================
22. House of Salvation
Dog: Caramel
=======================================================================
When you enter talk to the people. You'll notice a dog in the corner,
so bust Colette out and talk to it. Head inside the house for a scene.
You'll be given an option, I choose the first one of course, and you
should too! After the scene, Head upstairs and nap if you'd like. Once
you're done here head outside.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Magic Mist
=======================================================================
Your destination is to the north of the House of Salvation. Head up
that way until you see what looks like a mountain pass. Before going in,
head east and you'll find a treasure chest. After getting that, look on
your mini map for a peninsula to the south east of Hakonesia Peak, go
there now. You'll see a bunch of forest leading up to the tip of the
small tip of land, at the edge you'll find a map marker stone. Now head
into Hakonesia Peak.
=======================================================================
23. Hakonesia Peak
Skit: Lloyd Admonished
=======================================================================
Walk up and talk to the people, but ignore the building for a moment
and walk towards the guards, they'll direct you to the building. So
head down there now and enter. Talk to the old man for a scene. When
you leave the building there will be a scene. If you stand in the
middle of the crowd of people, there should be a skit.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Lloyd's Praised
=======================================================================
When you exit Hakonesia you should trigger a skit. Now then, you can't
go to the Hose of Salvation yet because the head Priest isn't there
right now. So head over to Palmacosta instead. You might want to level
a bit if you've been slacking off. I had the chance of leveling while
looking for stuff on the map, and I'm Level 17. I'm sure 15 would be
fine though. Regardless... Should you consider leveling, use the House of
Salvation as an Inn. When you're ready head to Palmacosta.
=======================================================================
24. Palmacosta
Skit: Mystery of the imposters, Palmacosta's Future, Don't tell Lloyd
=======================================================================
Once you enter town, head to the inn, rest/save, and head to the east
side of town when you're ready. Watch a scene, afterwards you'll get
into a battle. After the fighting watch a scene. Once that's over with,
you should trigger a skit. Head downstairs and then outside for another
skit. Head back towards the end, but head up into the Harbor Area for a
Skit. Anyhow, once you're done messing around, head towards the exit.
You'll see a priest standing here, if you talk to them they'll ask if
you can escort them to Hakonesia Peak. This works out for your benefit
because if you agree to, it'll instantly take you to the peak, which is
where you need to go. Another alternative is to take them half way, to
the House of Salvation, or you can just flat out refuse them. Might as
well take them all the way.
=======================================================================
25. Hakonesia Peak
=======================================================================
When you arrive the Priest will thank you, afterwards head up the path.
You'll see a scene. When given the choice, agree. Afterwards exit the
Peak.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Defeat Magnius
=======================================================================
You're off to another Human Ranch, in order to get there head back to
the House of Salvation. Stand around the House of Salvation for a few
seconds to trigger a skit. Now head down the road to the east of the
House of Salvation (the one I told you to come up from behind the
mountains when you originally came to this House of Salvation) Once you
pass the mountains you'll see a large building in the forest. Save and
enter.
=======================================================================
26. Palmacosta Ranch
Item: Omega Shield, White Silver, Orange Gelx4, Life Bottlex3, Apple
Gelx2, Ex Gem Lv.2, Mage Cloak, Melange Gel, Panacea Bottle, Purple
Card, Blue Card, Red Card
Skit: The Second Ranch, At the Palmacosta Ranch
=======================================================================
As soon as you enter you'll trigger a skit. Head up a bit to trigger a
scene. The choice is a bit tricky. It can go either way and neither
will end up affecting much aside from the entrance into Palmacosta
Ranch. I'm going to follow the advice of the Official Guide here and go
into the Ranch first, if you decide you want to go back to Palmacosta
first, it's pretty straight forward. Anyways... pick the first option and
we're ready to roll. Head to the right and up the path until you get to
some guards, you're gonna have to fight your way in. After you wipe up
the guards open the gate and head in. Fight your way through more
guards until you get up to the entrance of the ranch itself. Head down
into the interior.
Examine the object in the center of the room to change the function of
the Sorcerer's Ring. This 'Radar Ring' will allow you to see hidden
items and objects throughout the dungeon. After the short scene
explaining the ring, head to the room on the right. There should be a
skit. Turn on your radar ring and you'll see little specs of light
floating in the air. These are the hidden treasures. Collect the one in
the bottom right corner of the room to get an Omega Shield. The one at
the top near the entrance is a White Silver (YESSS!!! Okay Sorry....
Really wantin that Masamune ><) Now then, turn on your ring and access
the switch in the top right corner, this will create a bridge. Cross
over to the right for a scene. Here you will encounter a Refresher.
This device will heal you, as well as act as a basic shop. After the
scene is over dispose of the guard, He'll drop the Purple Card.
Afterwards flip on the Radar and grab the sparkle in the top right
corner of the room for an Orange Gel. Hit the radar once more and
activate the bridge switch to the left, cross over and activate the
radar again to see a light. Collect it for a Life Bottle. Head back
across, and make sure to turn the bridge off (this is important for
later) Head back across the bridge to the previous section of the room,
and turn that bridge off as well. Now make your way back to the main
corridor.
This time cross over to the left room. Fight the guard in here to
obtain the memory gem. Afterwards activate the radar and collect the
sparkle for an Apple Gel. Head down the path and take a right at the
fork, keep going along and you'll see some stairs leading up. This is
the entrance for those who chose to go back to Palmacosta before
storming the ranch. You can't go out that way now, so just keep going.
Turn on the radar to see a spark in the corner, collect it for an
Orange Gel. Head back the way you came and take the left path this time.
When you get to a doorway leading up, flip on the Radar and collect a
sparkle for another Orange Gel. Soon after you pass the doorway hit
your radar and get another sparkle for a Life Bottle. Now head back to
the main chamber where you started. Turn on your radar and enter the
warp at the top of the room.
In this room there's a memory circle in the center, and another warp at
the top. Use the memory circle now if you so desire, but ignore the
warp at the top (not like you can do anything with it just yet anyways).
Head left into the next room for a scene. During the scenes you'll get
a Blue Card Key. Afterwards head back into the previous room and cross
over to the next. In this room there are invisible boxes that can only
be seen with the radar on. First head down to where you see slots in
the floor. Turn on the radar and push the box closet to the slots in
and cross over it. Turn the radar on again and collect an Ex Gem Lv. 2.
Head up to the top of the room and activate the radar, pull out the box
that's blocking the spark, then collect it to get a Mage Cloak. Go
ahead and push the box you just pulled out into a slot down below. Go
back up, turn on your radar, and activate the bridge switch. Cross over
and head downstairs. You'll get the Red Card. Now head back upstairs,
across the bridge, and deactivate it. Go ahead and push the last two
boxes into place, then return to the central room again. Go ahead and
save if you want, then head up to the teleporter. Activate your radar
and step on it, you'll insert the three cards you've gathered.
Afterwards you'll be teleported.
This little bit is tricky. You're now in a maze of teleports and
there's a lot of treasure to be found, so let's get to it. For starters,
stepping into the warp in the middle of any room, at anytime will take
you back to start. Now then let's start. Take a left and activate your
ring, you'll see a sparkle, grab it for a Melange Gel. Turn on the ring
again and enter the yellow warp. In this room, head up towards another
yellow warp. Take it into the next area and turn on your ring again.
Collect the spark near the entrance for an Apple Gel. Then head
straight up to a green warp and take it. You'll be back in one of the
rooms from before.
Now if you did as I told you and turned off all your bridges, you'll be
able to climb up this staircase. At the top, turn on your radar and
collect a Panacea Bottle. Now head back down and through the warp. Head
back down to the yellow warp point again, take it once more and this
time take the red warp to the left (you'll notice a spark, if you try
to collect this it'll trigger a battle. No Biggie) in this next room
head south and take the yellow warp. In this room, use the ring right
away to spot a spark. Get another Life Bottle from it, than go back
into the yellow warp. Go north and go through the yellow warp, head
left and you'll see a sparkle next to another yellow warp. Grab it for
yet another orange gel. Now use the yellow warp. Head north to the top
yellow warp point in this room.
In this room take the left red warp and watch a scene, follow by a
battle. After that, watch a scene. Now, before follow Chocolate head
right and find a sealed memory circle. Unseal it and prep yourself for
a difficult boss battle. Of course you're gonna want to restore your
HP/TP with items. But I'd like to make another suggestion as well.
Seeing as how you have U.Attacks now, there's no reason not to take
advantage of a fairly powerful Compound U Attack. Make sure Lloyd and
Kratos are in your active party and have them set with the skills Tiger
Blade (Lloyd) and Lightning (Kratos). It'd help if you went into this
battle with a full U.Gauge as well. Anyways, when you feel that you're
ready head on up towards the green warp. In the next room, watch a
scene, and then a battle. You should cook at the end of the battle to
try and restore some of what you may have lost during the fight. Now
another scene followed by the boss fight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Magnius, Bowman, Whip Master
HP: 8500
TP: 120
S: Fire
W: None
EXP: 675
Gald: 1700
Item: Warrior Symbol, Ex Gem Lv1
Magnius has some cronies with him, but they can be taken care of easily
enough, just make sure to do it fast. Then you can begin wailing on
Magnius. Once the guards are down, you should trigger U.Attack and use
Lightning Tiger Blade, the CU.Attack I had you prepare earlier. After
that just hack away at him with your strongest skills. He's pretty
tough with some deadly fire attacks, and even Lloyd's Beast skill. Just
keep working on him and he'll go down, though I had to use quite a few
gels throughout the battle to keep everyone up and... not dead.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards some scenes. Now that you're finally done here, head out to
the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Make Sense?
=======================================================================
As soon as you get outside you'll trigger a skit. Afterwards, it's time
to head back to Palmacosta.
=======================================================================
27. Palmacosta
Item: Pass (or Card Key)
Skit: Justice and Strength, He's a Father, Mystery of the Desians,
Parental Love
=======================================================================
Now that you're here, head into the inn rest/save. Your destination is
Dorr's House, but you might want to stop into the Harbor and craft that
Masamune while you're here. You've got a boss coming up so it wouldn't
be a bad idea, truly. Now head over to Dorr's Manor and enter for a
scene. Before heading downstairs make sure Colette is in the party and
that she can use Angel Feathers. It'll prove quite useful in the
upcoming boss fight. When you're ready, head down to the basement for a
scene. After the long scenes you'll get into that boss battle I've been
going on about.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Killia
HP: 10000 HP
TP: 400
S: Dark
W: Light
EXP: 500
Gald: 500
Item: Heal Bracelet
Yeah... that's a big number. But in truth, Killia is easier than Maginus.
Now, I told you to bring Colette to use Angel Feathers, right? Yes...
well Angel Feathers will do massive damage to Killia so you'll be able
to quickly deplete her large amount of HP. Other than that, use
practically the same strategies as you did with Magnius. Try and pull
off a Lightning Tiger Blade as well. She'll go down fast enough.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
You'll see a scene, when given the choice, have a heart and say Okay.
You'll get a Pass now (or codes to unlock the alternative entrance into
the ranch, should you have decided to go that route). Watch some more
scenes. Afterwards, walk around the Governor's Office until you trigger
a skit. There's a bit of a side quest to do here if you feel so
inclined, yet a fair warning, you'll get no rewards for completing it.
It's more or less just a little challenge.
------------------- Mini Game: Orienteering - (MGO1) ------------------
This little side quest, while yielding no prizes upon completetion, can
be a fun little distraction from the main quest. To partake in it, talk
to the Guard who will be positioned in the Governor's Building Square
of Palmacosta after beating Killia. Talk to the Guard and you can have
him explain the rules. More or less, this is a little scavenger hunt or
sorts that will have you running around the city looking for people or
objects. The guard will hint to what the first checkpoint is, and once
you find that checkpoint it'll give you a hint as to what the second
may be, and so on. You'll repeat the process a number of 4 times to
complete the game. If ever you should need more of a hint, go back to
the guard and ask him about the next checkpoint. When you get to the
last check point, you may or may not be asked some questions. Some of
these questions you might not be able to answer unless you've finished
the game. In any case, when you've found all the checkpoints, head back
to the guard to end it all.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Head back across the bridge to the other section of town, and you
should trigger a skit. Head into Cacao's store for a scene, when it's
over head back outside to trigger a skit. Head over to the inn and
rest/save. When you come back out of the inn you should trigger another
skit. Aside from going around and seeing what everyone has to say about
recent events, there's little else to do here. So when you're ready
head on out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Someday, Strange Raine, Light Eater
=======================================================================
As soon as you're on the world map, you'll get a skit. Now you need to
go over to the House of Salvation once again. The main priest has
returned, so go ahead and talk to him for a scene. When given the
choice, pick the first one. Now you'll be off to Thoda Island. Leave
the House of Salvation and head over to the Human Ranch. If you wander
around near the ruins of the Human Ranch, you'll get a skit. If you get
into an encounter around here, and cook after the battle, you might get
a skit afterwards. Anyways, when you're ready, head east of the Human
Ranch and walk south along the beach until you spot a building.
=======================================================================
28. Thoda Island - Sightseeing Boat Dock
Dog: Binky
=======================================================================
Place Colette as the leader of the party and than speak with the dog
near the entrance. There's nothing else to do outside save for talking
with the man standing by the building, so go on inside. You'll notice
that this place is like a House of Salvation. So head upstairs to
save/rest if you'd like. Afterwards head downstairs and talk to the
lady behind the counter and pay 200 Gald to rent a boat. Watch a scene
afterwards.
=======================================================================
29. Thoda Island Geyser
Item: Spiritua Statue
Dog: Bob
Skit: Tower of Salvation
=======================================================================
When you arrive watch a scene. Afterwards save at the memory circle on
the dock if you want. Head up the slope path towards the people. You'll
see a scene. Now feel free to talk everyone, you'll see a dog, so make
sure Colette names it. The guy in the Green Hat with the back pack
closest to the slope path will sell you some basic items if you'd like.
If you head up the stairs towards the sign Colette noted in the scene,
you'll see a scene. Now you'll have to play a little mini game of sorts
to get across and grab the statue. Genis will freeze the water and
Lloyd has to make his way across, go in the direction Genis tells you
to. You have three chances to mess up and then you'll have to start
over. Once you get the statue you'll see a scene. You should trigger a
skit sometime shortly after getting the statue. Anyways... Now search
behind the sign to find a stone switch behind it. Examine it for a
scene.
=======================================================================
30. Temple of Water
Item: Mermaid's Tear, Life Bottle, Circletx2, White Silver, Orange Gel,
Stun Bracelet, Ex Gem Lv.1
=======================================================================
When you enter there will be a scene. Now head forward along the path
fighting enemies along the way. Eventually you'll get to a chest, grab
the loot inside and keep going. When you finally reach the bottom head
over to the right, you'll see a device that can change the function of
your ring, DON'T USE IT YET!! Instead walk past it and collect the
booty. Now head back left and take the left most path down into the
next area. See the two large stone pillars in this room to the right?
Try walking in between them and you'll come into a secret room. Grab
the treasure here and return to the previous room. Now back in this
room, you'll see two stone hedges with fire markings on them, next to
each of them is a torch. Use you're Sorcerer's Ring to light them. Now
you can go back into the last area and change the function of the ring,
and watch a scene. Afterwards, don't go back to the torch room yet,
instead take the bottom right path out of this room.
In this room, head down the stairs and collect the treasure chest under
the arch. There's another arch with another chest right next to the
first one, so grab that. Fight the enemies in this room, one of them
will drop the Memory Gem. Now take the stairs down and follow the path
to the left, head under the passage and emerge back in the torch room.
Push the box you see here right back under the passage you came from,
it'll fall into a slot and make a click. After that, head over towards
the large structure and fill the bucket there with water using the ring.
Now head back the way you came and return to the upper part of the room
with the torches. Once back in here, use the memory gem to unlock the
circle, then save. Afterwards, head over and fill the second bucket
with water. The platform next to the structure will rise, and you'll be
able to teleport to the water seal, but first head back to the memory
circle to save and prepare. You've got a boss battle coming up, and
these are my suggestions: First, make a party with Lloyd, Genis, and
Kratos in it. Next, make sure Lloyd and Kratos can do their Lightning
Tiger Blade CU Attack. Finally, turn off all of Genis spells except for
his Fire and Lightning Elemental ones. Now heal yourselves up, save,
and head over to the warp. When you arrive watch a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Adulocia
HP: 10000
TP: 248
S: Water, Ice
W: Lightning
EXP: 825
Gald: 765
Item: Mermaid's Tear
Amphitra x2
HP: 2300
TP: 120
S: Water, Ice
W: Fire, Lightning
EXP: 150
Gald: 200
Item: None
Start by taking out the two Amphitras as swiftly as possible. Then
focus all of your attacks on Adulocia. Adulocia's close range bubble
attack can quickly deplete a character's health, so watch out for that.
Unleash the Lightning Tiger Blade and keep pounding her with Genis'
Spells. She has a lot of health, but the barrage of elemental attacks
from the Child Prodigy should bring her to a hasty defeat.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Now then, it's time to get out of here.
Just head back the way you came to return to the Geyser. When you enter
the Geyser area again you'll see some scenes. Afterwards you'll be back
out on the docks, take the boat back to the docks and return to the
world map finally.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Getting Boring
=======================================================================
When you're back on the world map, you'll trigger a scene. Now it's
finally time to pass through Hakonesia Peak. So head on over there.
=======================================================================
31. Hakonesia Peak
Skit: Angel Language
=======================================================================
Head on into the building and talk to Koton for a scene. Afterwards,
head outside and you'll trigger a skit. Now that you've taken care of
everything this side of the mountain, it's time to pass through. Head
up to the gate, with pass in hand you'll have no problems this time.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
From the exit of Hakonesia Peak, head directly north towards a House of
Salvation, ignore it and head west, and finally south until you spot a
rather large structure within the mountain. This is the city of Asgard,
and your next destination.
=======================================================================
32. The City of Ruins - Asgard
Item: Beef, Kelp
Skit: Sleepless Night, Human Ranch, Leave it to me
Dog: Hal, Murry
=======================================================================
Head up talking to the people along the way, the first building to your
right is The Vortex Inn. This is the Inn you're going to want to use if
you ever need to rest in Asgard (save for one occasion I'll explain
later on) Now... for some reason there's three inns in Asgard, go figure.
Each inn has a different price though, and the Vortex is the cheapest,
so there you go. Now then, should you require some R&R head inside.
Moving on, head up the stairs in front of you, and head into the first
building. You can buy ingredients here, so stock up if you need to.
Next to the shop there is an entrance to a cave, talk to the people
inside to discover while Asgard is a major tourist location.
Next door to the cavern is an armory and a weapon shop. There wasn't
much to be had in the weapon shop for me, aside from the Hydra Dagger
for Kratos, the armory is a different matter though. You shouldn't have
any problems upgrading with the funds you've earned over the course of
your adventure thus far. There's also a customizer in here too, here's
where the real weapons lie. It should be easy enough to get a Mystic
Ring, and a Falling Star. I didn't have a Battle Staff to make the
Earth Staff with however. You should also be able to make a White Robe,
and two Gold Circlets. Now the matter of upgrading Lloyd's and Kratos'
weapons is a bit more difficult. There are two different weapons for
each, The Sinclaire and the Earth Dagger are ideal, yet they have some
steep requirements. It's doubtful that you'll be able to forge both
without trading in some Grade Points for more Silver. It doesn't cost
that much, so I just went ahead and did it, I wouldn't recommend
spending anymore Grade Points though. If you head up the ramp outside
the shops you'll come to the Katz Center. Once you're done up here,
head back down and take the rightmost staircase down.
There's a general store setup in an outdoor stand here, and a dog for
Colette to name right next to it. Now head back past the general store
and enter the cavern tucked away in the back. Talk to the people here,
then make your way back outside. Head up the slope to reach the Cool
Breeze Hotel, you shouldn't need to stay here right now, but keep it in
mind. Now head back down, and go to the lowest section of Asgard and
follow the path forward until you reach a cave with a child standing
outside of it. Head inside to see uh... something. Once back outside,
head over to the right and up the stairs to find the third and final
inn of Asgard. Again, no reason to stay here... in fact you don't ever
need to come back here again. Head back down the steps and take a right,
following the path to enter the next section of town.
In this area there are a lot of people to talk to, as well as another
dog for Colette to name. There's a small house in the area in which you
can talk to the woman inside, the larger house has a door in the back
right corner that will lead you to a workshop. Nothing to do here yet,
but keep it in mind. Now head back outside and up the steps, the house
on the right is home to Aisha you've been hearing about. Talk to her,
though she doesn't have much to say, than head upstairs and check the
phonograph to summon the Wonder Chef. He'll teach you the recipe for
Meat Stew, now head back downstairs and leave the house. There's a
house next door to Aisha's, you can talk to the man inside, and tucked
in between the two houses is a cavern workshop. Finally head up the
stairs to find another little house, not much to do here aside from
talking. Once you're finished in this part of town, head all the way
back to the first part. Now take the remaining path to the north in
between the two inns to proceed to the next part of town.
Head up the large stairway for a scene. While Raine is going on, and on
head behind the Ruin to trigger another scene. Watch a couple of
hilarious scenes ^^. Afterwards head back up the stairs for a scene.
Now head back to the other section of town with all the homes. Head up
the stairs to Aisha's house and enter for a scene. Afterwards you'll be
forced out of the house. You have a boss fight coming up, so save and
rest if you need to. Now head back to the steps to talk to the Mayor
again, watch a series of scenes. After the scenes a Boss fight ensues.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Windmaster
HP: 10000
TP: 220
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 1325
Gald: 800
Item: Map of Balacruf, Talisman
This guy has an even more annoying attack than the Adulovia's Bubble
Attack. His swinging wind scythe can quickly drain a character down by
about 500 HP, so watch out for it, and keep your healers TP up. If you
have Genis in your party, his earth spells will fair well here, as well
as Kratos' Earth Dagger you may or may not have customized earlier. All
in all he's not that difficult, especially if you upgraded all your
gear. Just keep pounding away at him.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards a scene. You'll find yourself outside the Cool Breeze Hotel,
however, you want to step back inside and stay another night. You
should trigger a skit. Afterwards... stay the night... again for another
skit. Now then, head over to the residential area part of town and go
to Aisha's House for a scene. After the scene, Raine will rejoin your
party, and you'll get the map of Balacruf. Now then, you can go around
town talking to people if you'd like. When you return to the first part
of the city you'll trigger a skit. Before leaving, head back over to
the Cool Breeze... yeah, yeah I know. But this is the last time, I
promise. Stay the night, and you'll see a scene with Kratos, Agree to
go with him. Watch a scene. Now you're finally ready to leave Asgard,
so head back to the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Not far from Asgard is the House of Salvation you passed earlier, it's
time to go there now.
=======================================================================
33. House of Salvation
Dog: Monmon
=======================================================================
As per the usual with the Houses of Salvation, talk to the people
inside and out, you can save/rest here if you'd like. It's important
that you talk to the guy standing in the back of the house on the first
floor. This will trigger a scene in just a little bit. Also, make sure
that Colette talks to the dog hanging around outside. Once you're done
here, head back out to the map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: An Adult's Sense of Taste
Skit Point: Raine, Kratos
=======================================================================
Note, that if you get into a battle around here and cook afterwards,
when the battle is finished you should trigger a skit. Anyways, if you
head along the road leading north of the House of Salvation you'll spot
a slope where you can climb up to a raised area. Here you'll find Lake
Umacy. Go ahead and enter. You'll see a short scene, and that's about
all you can do here for the time being. Now head back outside and head
down one of the slopes to the east of the lake. Now head north, you
should see a shiny skit point and Nova's Caravan. Let's grab the skit
point first. This one is between Lloyd and Raine.
Now head over to the Caravan. There isn't much going on here, the
family is all abuzz about The Unicorn at the Lake, and Nova will still
show the memo about the glowing bird. Nothing to important, so head on
outta here. Back on the map head all the way west until you get to a
road. From the road go west towards the mountains, you should see a
slope leading up to some raised land. Head north along the raised land
that's spotted with tons of forest, around here you might find yourself
in battle with a mushroom monster. The only way to harm the mushroom is
to kill the smaller mushroom offspring first. Just a fair warning.
Anyways, once you reach the end of the raised land area you'll find
another shiny skit point. This one involves Kratos. Now, I'm sure
you've no doubt noticed the large city below you, so now it's time to
roll on over there and see what's up.
=======================================================================
34. The City of Hope - Luin
Item: Cod, Kelp
Recipe: Seafood Stew
=======================================================================
Head across the bridge talking to the people along the way, the first
building you'll see is the Inn. Head in there to chat, rest, save. You
know the drill. However if you do stay the night, you'll trigger a
scene. Next door to the inn is a weapon/armory store, and a customizer,
though I found most of their wares lacking after having upgraded
everything in Asgard, I was still able to upgrade Raine's Weapon.
Finish talking with the rest of the people in this area of town, and
then head across the bridge in the lower left corner near the shops to
move onto the next part of town. The first building in this area is a
General Store, stock up if you'd like. Yeah... I know you see that
steaming pig, and I know you want to mess with it, so do so. Surprise!
Wonder Chef strikes again, and this time he teaches you how to make
Seafood Stew. Now head across the bridge to enter the next part of town.
When you arrive watch a cute scene ^^. When given the choice, pick
whatever you like, though you shouldn't have any problems figuring out
which one I picked =p. Anyways, afterwards just talk to the people
around the fountain. If you head up the slope next to where you entered
from it'll take you back to the first area. So follow Sheena's route to
go back to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Technical Ring, Ex Gem Lv.2, Strike Ring
Skit Point: Raine, Colettex2
=======================================================================
Head Northwest from Luin, and then west passing the bridge and keep
going west you'll find a chest containing a Technical Ring and a shiny
skit point. To get to the Skit point, just head down onto the beach and
around to the tip of land. This skit is between Lloyd and Raine. Now
head back to the bridge you passed earlier and cross over to hit up a
marker stone.
Alright, now this next point you're going to is out there a ways, so
bare with me. You want to head far to the west of Luin, follow the road
that's laid out. When it comes to an end, turn west and pass through
the mountains and run along the beach south bound. Now when you go as
far south as you can go, go north east behind the mountain until you
get to the very end. Here you'll find a map marker stone, and a shiny
skit involving Colette.
Now, along the way here, and back you might encounter enemies called
Cockatrice in battles. These enemies are very difficult, not only
because of their powerful multi-hit attacks, but also because they can
petrify you. If this happens it can of course be cured with a Panacea
Bottle, but you'll be out of action until you're healed.
Now head all the way back to Luin, then head over to that bridge from
earlier, the one next to the marker stone. Cross that and head towards
The Tower of Mana (You can't miss it o.o) pass the tower and keep going,
you'll find a chest containing an Ex Gem Lv.2. If you head Northeast
from Luin, you'll find a Human Ranch. Pass by it and keep going north.
By the mountains you should find a narrow passageway leading east, when
you're on the other side, head south to a Skit Point. This one involves
Colette again.
Now it's FINALLY time to move on, so head back to Hakonesia Peak. To
the east of Hakonesia Peak you'll spot a bridge that connects to a long
strip of island. Cross the bridge and head up the path until you spy a
chest containing a Strike Ring. Beyond that tucked in between the
mountains is our next destination.
=======================================================================
35. Balacruf Mausoleum - BFM1
Item: 1800 Gald, Beast Fang, Iron Guard, Blue Ribbonx2, Beast Hide, Ex
Gem Lv.2
=======================================================================
When you enter, you'll view a short scene, afterwards talk to the
people in the area. There's a chest under one of the huts behind a
traveler to the left. Once you're done around here, head up the steps
to view a couple of scenes.
Once you regain control, head over to the right and open a chest.
You'll notice a plaque on the east wall, plaques like these are
scattered throughout the dungeon and are the key to solving it's puzzle.
However, as you'll find out, it's too dark to read it without lighting
the nearby torch. If you light the torch though, the wind will blow it
out. So you're mission is two fold, first you must stop the winds from
blowing out your fires, and secondly you must light the fires to read
the plaques. Now then, head back left and up the stairs. You'll see a
floor trap here, walk slowly over it to avoid triggering it. Should you
trigger it you'll take some fairly hefty damage and it will knock you
back, so be careful. Cross over the bridge and light the torch, then
read the plaque. Go down and to the left to get to another plaque.
You'll see a box just below that, push it over the edge, then head down
the stairs to the right, fighting the enemy along the way down to claim
a Memory Gem. Once at the bottom, push the box over onto a switch and
the wind current will stop.
Now head back up and over the bridge back to the first plaque. Now head
left and carefully make your way through the closing spike traps. On
the other side you'll see another wind current you'll need to take care
of. Head up the stairs to the left and up towards another plaque. Now
you'll have to make your way past another spike trap. After that, light
the two torches to open a doorway, but pass it for now and head down
the stairs to the right. Read the plaque and head down towards another
box, push it over to the right and onto the switch to stop the currents.
Now head up and collect the two treasure chest. Head down to light
another torch and collect the chest. Now head all the way back to where
the previously active current was disabling you from reading the plaque.
Now that you've read all the clues, it's time to move on. Head back
towards the stairway you opened earlier, go down the stairs and
activate the device to change the function of the ring. Now attempt to
head up the stairs for a scene.
Now you're in the main puzzle room, and you'll have to use the riddles
that were scattered throughout the previous section to solve it. More
or less you need to use the wind from the ring to blow the windmills in
the correct order. Once you blow a windmill, you can stop it by blowing
it again. There are several solutions to be had here, one that allows
you to move on, and two others that will provide treasure. Should you
not feel like completing this little puzzle on your own, I've provided
the answers.
First Solution: Red, Green, Yellow, White, Blue
Second Solution: Blue, Red, Yellow, White, Green
Third Solution: Red, Yellow, Green, White, Blue
Now you've unlocked the door to the north, but before going in prepare
for a boss fight. If you'd like to go back to the memory circle and
save do so. At least make sure you're healed, and if Genis is going
into this battle, turn off his Lightning and Air Magics, they'll be
useless. When you're ready head up the stairs and watch a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Iapyx
HP: 14000
TP: 88
S: Wind, Lightning
W: None
EXP: 1324
Gald: 2000
Item: Paralysis Charm, Spirit Bangle
Like most bosses as of late, moving in close for the kill is deadly,
and foolish. It's best to stay back and pound on Iapyx with magic
attacks. All of Genis Spells (save for the wind and lightning ones)
will do great against this foe, as well as Colette's Angel Feathers.
Kratos/Raine should constantly be healing, and whenever you can pull of
a few cheap shots with Lloyd, so be it.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the fight watch a scene. Afterwards Colette will learn a new
ability called Holy Song. Now make your way back downstairs and head
for the exit. But before you can leave you'll be stopped for a scene
followed by another boss fight!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Resolute Assassin (Sheena)
HP: 4500 HP
TP: 164
S: None
W: None
EXP: 300
Gald: 450
Item: Dark Bottle
Boss: Guardian Lightning
HP: 5500
TP: 400
S: None
W: None
EXP: 250
Gald: 250
Item: Fine Pellets, Magic Lens
Yeah, I love this tune! Anyways... this fight is quite similar to your
last bout with Sheena, so make sure you focus all your efforts on here,
and then go after the Guardian when she has fallen.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards, a scene. Now exit the ruins for a series of startling
scenes. When the scenes have finally concluded, it's time to leave, so
make for the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now we're off to Luin again, though no one actually told you to go
there.
=======================================================================
36. The City of Devastation Luin
Skit: Tragedy in Luin, Corrine's Happy Too, Sheena Afraid of Failure
=======================================================================
Damn... Well as you might expect, there's not much to be done here. If
you try to cross the bridge into the next section of town it'll
collapse. So head all the way around to enter the late Fountain Plaza.
Watch a depressing scene ;-;. Afterwards a choice... AGREE AGREE AGREE!!!!
Finally Sheena will join the party, and now she'll be my on screen
character permanently =p (previously was Raine). Afterwards you'll
trigger a skit. Afterwards you might want to check out Sheena's Gear
and Skills, She comes to you pretty bare boned, so give her what you
can for now, but make sure you upgrade her next chance you get. Talk to
the old man near the fountain, and afterwards you'll trigger a skit.
Run around the fountain area for yet another skit.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now you just need to head over to the Human Ranch you passed earlier.
=======================================================================
37. Asgard Ranch
Item: Beast Hide, White Robe, Iron Bracelet
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll watch a series of scenes. When you regain control
feel free to talk to the Desians. To the right are a series of crates,
navigate your way through a little passage in the crates to grab a
chest. Head towards the back and down the stairs, head to the back to
the control room, talking with the guards along the way. When you enter
the control room you'll see a scene. When your back in command head
over and grab the chest. Now head down along the walkway next to the
convaory belt. When you read the bottom half you'll find a memory
circle, save if you'd like. Now go up the other side, take the left
path and head up towards the chest. Fight the guard here to get a
memory gem, and then claim the treasure. Now head up the path until you
trigger a scene. After the scenes, head out of here and back to the
world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head back to Luin. Simple enough.
=======================================================================
38. Luin
=======================================================================
Watch a scene baby! When the choice comes up, pick the first option.
Once the scenes are finished, you'll be back in the fountain plaza. If
you walk down the bridge to the south of the fountain you'll find a man
who tells you someone who escaped the ranch headed for Hima. This is
your next destination, but first head back to the other part of town.
Talk to the man standing next to the wreckage to trigger a scene. Agree
to train with Kratos once more. Afterwards there's nothing left to do
in Luin so head for the exit for a scene.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now you're off to Hima, which is far to the west of Luin. You may have
passed this area earlier while hunting around the map per my
instructions. Just follow along the road until it ends, then head south
towards the mountain path leading up into Hima.
=======================================================================
39. The Village of Adventures - Hima
Item: Rice, Cheese, Desian's Orb
Skit: Kratos... angry?
Recipe: Risotto
Dog: Boo, Rockie
=======================================================================
Head into the village until you spot the Inn (the only building in
town...) talk to the people outside and name the dog, than make your way
inside the inn. Rest and save if you'd like, then talk to the woman on
the stairs for a suspicious scene. Head into the next room and talk to
the people here, also examine the pot with the yellow steam coming out
of it to discover the Wonder Chef. This time he bestows up you the
secrets of Risotto.
Now head back outside and talk to Mr. All-in-One Shop next to the inn.
Upgrade your equipment in the various shop, things can get a little
pricy here with so much equipment for the three ladies of the group. In
the customization shop you should be able to make Two Armet Helms.
Sadly I didn't have the Slicer Ring for the Stinger Ring, nor did I
have any Black Silver for the awesome Red Shield. Something to keep in
mind though.
Anyways, when you're done here head behind the inn and up the slope.
There's a Katz center along the way, and when you reach a certain point
you'll trigger a scene. After the scene you'll acquire the Desian's Orb.
Make sure you name the dog in the gravesite area, then head up more.
When you arrive on the next screen you'll trigger a skit. Keep heading
up until you reach the peak, and watch a scene. Now that you're done
here, head back down the mountain. You can go to the second floor of
the inn now and talk with Sophia and Pietro if you'd like. Other than
that, it's time to leave.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Lloyd's Parents
=======================================================================
Now it's time to head back to the Human Ranch. You should know the way.
When you get close to the ranch you should trigger a skit.
=======================================================================
40. Asgard Ranch
Item: Cleric's Hat, Pellets, Lamellar Leather, Ex Gem Lv2, Card of
Earth, Stun Charm
Skit: The Power of Exspheres
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll get a skit. After that, examine the rock for a
scene. After the scenes, a battle, and then another scene after the
battle. As hinted at in the scenes, you'll have to split your party
into two groups. The "Infiltration" Group will be fighting the boss of
this area, while the "Deactivation" Group will have to shut down the
defense system. The important group here is obviously the Infiltration
Group. You have to take Lloyd, and you should know by now that a Healer
is mandatory. So I took Kratos based off of story reasons (he said he
wanted to go after Kvar, remember?) plus I like Kratos. And my third
choice was of course Sheena. You can take whoever you want of course,
but go ahead and decide so we can get this show on the road. Once
you're split the group, you can head down and talk to the device in the
middle of the control room to buy supplies or heal yourself.
Now, start by taking the northwest door into the Exsphere storage area.
Head all the way down the hall to collect a chest. Head over to the
next hall and walk down to the end to pick up two more chest. Head back
up the hall and to the left to activate a device. Now return to the
control room and take the southwest door. You'll be back in the
convaory belt room from your first visit. Head over to the device in
front of you to change the function of the sorcerer's ring. Head down
and walk along the convaory belt, you have to shoot the cylinders
across from you with the ring. When you finish one side, head around to
the next. Once you've blown up all the cylinders, the belt will stop.
Now head over to the platform area to the left. If you examine the top
device it'll explain how to stop the belt (lot of help that was, eh?)
Now head up the path to where you're last trip to the ranch ended, head
over to the convaory belt to the left and walk up it. Take the stairs
up towards the door, ignore it for a minute and collect the chest to
the right. Head through the door and clear out the guards here. Head to
the north part of the room and unlock the memory circle. Save, then
head into the warp.
Now you'll be taken to the Deactivation team in the control room. This
time take the southeast door out of the control room. In the next room
you'll get into a battle, after that examine the door he was guarding
to find that it's locked. Now backtrack through the courtyard you went
through on your first trip here, head into the crate maze to the right
and move the boxes that obscure your path. Enter the door and head into
the next area, take a right and head up to a room with a chest and a
switch in it. Hit the switch and go into the room on the left. Watch a
scene, then head to the left and enter back into the previous area.
Grab the chest here then hit the switch. Head back into the prison area
and take the south door back into the main area once again. Now go
around to each side and fight the Raybits there to trigger the switches.
When you trigger the second switch you'll go back to the Infiltration
Team.
Now then, prepare your group for the upcoming boss battle. Heal, Save,
and all that. If Sheena is in your party make sure to equip her with
the Card of Earth you found, it gives her a huge boost in attack power.
When you're ready step onto the warp again and watch a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Kvar
HP:10000
TP: 340
S: Lightning
W: None
EXP: 1680
Gald: 1500
Item: Holy Ring, EX Gem Lv1
Boss: Energy Stonex3
HP: 5500
TP: 100
S: Everything
W: None
EXP: 300
Gald: 765
Item: None
First and foremost, get those Energy Stones out of the way as fast as
possible. After that it's time to pound away on Kvar. With my party of
all fighter characters this battle was fairly easy, and fun to boot.
Should you have Genis in the group have him use spells aside from
Lightning, see as that's what Kvar uses.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards watch a scene. All I have to say is Kratos is the man! Ahem...
=======================================================================
41. Asgard
Item: Figurine Book, 6 Pellets
=======================================================================
After the scenes you'll automatically wind up back at Asgard. You'll
find yourself the bastard inn of the group, yeah the one I said to
never go back to. Oh well, guess it can't be helped. Before heading out,
return to the stone dais atop the long stairway. Here you'll find that
annoying imposter group again. Watch a scene and then agree to let the
poor fool go. After another free rest at the luxurious Cool Breeze
hotel, go over to Harley's House and head into his workshop. Talk to
him for a scene, then you'll receive the Figurine Book and 6 Pellets.
To use these items you'll need to visit Dirk back in Iselia, but all in
good time. You'll be going back there before long, so don't fret.
There's nothing else to do in Asgard, so head out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Avenge
=======================================================================
Once you're on the world map, you'll get a skit. Now you're off to Luin
once more, head into the fountain plaza and talk to the traveler man.
He needs an escort to Hima, agree to escort him and you'll be taken to
Hima.
=======================================================================
42. Hima
Item: Tower Key
Skit: Born to save the World
=======================================================================
When you arrive head forward to trigger a scene, then go to the inn for
a scene. Head into the inn and stay a night to trigger a skit. Now when
you're ready, talk to the traveler man again to get back to Luin
quickly.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Once back in Luin, head back to the world map. Your next stop is the
Mana Tower that you've no doubt seen while traversing the area. In case
you don't know where it is though, head towards the bridge near Luin,
cross is to the east, and then head north around the mountain. When you
turn the corner you'll see the tower for a certainty.
=======================================================================
43. Tower of Mana
Item: Armet Helm, Moon Robe, Lunar Guard, Ex Gem Lv2x2, Stinger Ring,
Iron Mail, Boltzman's Book
Skit: Splitting up is Worrisome, Hurry and Regroup
=======================================================================
Enter and watch a scene, use the key you got in Hima to open the door.
Enter and watch a scene, and once again you will have to split your
party. Lloyd and Colette have to go together with one other party
member. Once again, it would be wise to take a healer with you. This
time I choose Raine. Proceed up the stairs, fight the enemies along the
way, one of them will drop the memory gem. When you finally reach the
top there will be a chest, open it and then head through the doorway.
In the next room you will discover the way the puzzles in this dungeon
work. First use the Sorcerer Ring to burn the read curtain in the back
of the room. Now that light is shining through you have to use that
light by harnessing it in the special block nearby. Push the block into
the middle of the room so that the light is shining out of both the
left and right sides and is hitting both sides of the room. When it's
in the correct position you'll hear a jingle and the door will open. In
the next room head up and unlock the memory circle, save. Then examine
the tablet next to the entrance for a short scene. This will allow you
to switch your parties.
Once in control of the second party you can go back to the first by
examining the object in the middle of the room. Now head up the stairs
and you'll enter a similar looking puzzle room. Again, use the ring to
burn the curtain than push the block into place. Now head up through
the newly opened doorway. You'll now be in the room below your other
party. Head all the way north to find three chest and a memory circle.
Now you have to solve this big room's puzzle. Start by heading all the
way back down and to the left to burn the red curtain. Now if you
linger around the area a bit you should trigger a skit. Anyways, let's
get started here. Push the bottom right block into place so that it
shines all the way up to the northern most bulb. From there use the two
slanted boxes to bounce the light off of each other and push the double
sided box in between the two bulbs. The light should hit the double
sided box and fill both bulbs. Now if that was a little complicated
(and it may be because I didn't note the original locations of the
boxes) here is a little diagram.
|-|<<<|-|
v O
v ^
v ^
v ^
O<<<|-|>>O ^
^
^
^
^
C >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>|-|
Credit for this little ASCII Diagram goes to A I e x's guide on
GameFAQs. I hope he doesn't mind that I used it o.o
Once you solve the puzzle you'll hear the jingle and a bridge will be
formed on the upper levels. Now it's time to make your way up there.
Enter the door at the top of the puzzle room and open the chest in the
next room, then head to the right door and enter the next room. Head
down in this room and you'll reach another series of stairs. When you
reach the top, enter the door and head into the next room. In this room
just head left into the next. Here you'll find two more treasure chest
to claim. After grabbing the loot, head across the bridge you made for
a scene.
Now you'll take control of the first group again, a light bridge will
appear for you to cross. So save and make your way across, and up, and
across, and up, and across once more. Phew. On your way though, you
might trigger a skit, make sure to stop and view it before meeting up
with the rest of your party. You'll see a scene and be reunited with
your party, now prepare for the boss, if you're going to include
Colette in your party (and you should) make sure to outfit her with the
elite gear you found throughout the tower for her. Now enter the warp
for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Iubaris
HP: 16,800
TP: 1500
S: Fire, Lightning, Light
W: Dark
EXP: 2650
Gald: 2500
Item: Brass
This boss has some pretty powerful close range attacks, so it might be
best to use a party that focuses more on long range attacking. Genis is
a key player in this battle, just make sure he isn't using Lightning or
Fire Magic though. Lloyd will be all to busy trying to keep the beast
away from your long range attacks, but with Raine or Kratos healing him
he should be alright. Make sure to refill Genis' TP with Gels as needed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards a somewhat different scene then what you're used to will
commence. Afterwards Colette will learn the skill Sacrifice. It would
be in your best interest to turn this skill off... though I don't think
the AI would use it very often, or at all. But why risk it, eh? Anyways,
head back into the warp and make your way down to the bottom of the
tower. Back at the entrance check the bookshelf in the northwest corner
to obtain the Boltzman's Book you came here for. Watch a short scene in
which you learn your next destination, than go around the room and read
the rest of the books on the shelves if you'd like. When you attempt to
leave watch a rather startling series of scenes.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Lloyd's Bad Habit
=======================================================================
Head over to Lake Umacy where you saw the Unicorn before, remember?
Just in case you forgot, it's southeast from the remains of the Human
Ranch. Enter and watch a scene, once that's over head back to the world
map and you should trigger a skit. Now head for Hakonesia Peak, and
pass through it to the other side. Now head for the Thoda Island Boat
Docks.
=======================================================================
44. Temple of Water
Item: Aquamarine
Skit: The Pursuit of Strength, Summoner Sheena
=======================================================================
When you enter the boat dock, stand around for a second and you should
trigger a skit. Afterwards "Mastering" will be added to the training
manual. Now cross over to Thoda Island, head up to the Temple of Water
and enter. Head all the way through the temple to the end again. If you
need any instructions just go to the previous Temple of Water
walkthrough (TOW1) Make sure you prepare yourself for the Boss before
entering the warp that leads to the seal room. You need to have Sheena
in you're party, but I'd also recommend Lloyd, Genis, and Raine. Genis
and Raine can stay in the back and attack/support from a safe distance,
while Sheena and Lloyd are on the front lines. Turn off any Water/Ice
Spells, and when you're ready, enter the warp and watch a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Undine
HP: 13000
TP: 320
S: Water, Ice
W: None
EXP: 2110
Gald: 765
Item: Guardian Symbol
Ouch, this broad packs a punch. Not only do her physical attacks hurt,
but her magic really hurts! That's why it's important to keep Genis and
Raine (or Colette if you took her) in the back while you're melee
characters try to hold her off. You NEED a healer in this battle, no
questions about it. If Raine knows Nurse that'll help a lot. Try to
make use of your defense skills to try and soften the blow of some of
her attacks.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the rough battle, pat yourself on the back and watch a scene.
Afterwards you'll acquire Aquamarine, Sheena will learn S. Seal: Water
and Summon: Water. Not bad, not bad at all. Now it's time to leave this
place for good. When you head back through the warp you'll get a skit.
Now head back through and out of the temple, back to the docks, and
finally out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now you have to head all the way back to Lake Umacy.
=======================================================================
45. Lake Umacy
Item: Unicorn Horn
Title: Grand Healer (Raine)
=======================================================================
Enter the lake for a fairly humorous scene ^^. Afterwards watch a few
more scenes, during which you shall acquire the Unicorn Horn. A few
more scenes in which Raine will learn the ridiculously useful skill
Resurrection, and gain the title of Grand Healer. Now that you're done
here head back out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
We're off to Hima once more, you know the way.
=======================================================================
46. Hima
Skit: Why is Colette..., Do Goddesses get sick?
=======================================================================
Enter Hima and walk forward towards the inn for a scene. When it's over
enter the inn. Stay a night at the inn to trigger a skit. Afterwards
head upstairs and into the room for a scene. Now that you've save
Pietro you can start a little side quest that will span for the entire
rest of the game. The Side Quest is called The Restoration of Luin, and
from now on Peitro will be accepting donations to help rebuild the
ruined city. This event is so big that I made as well post it's own
portion in the Side Quest section, but you can start now and it'll keep
going until the end of the game. So don't worry if you're short on
funds right now. Anyways...if you'd like the details on this check out
The Restoration of Luin (ROL1) section in The Side Quest Section. Once
you're done here it's time to tie up some loose ends before going onto
The Tower of Salvation. Before leaving the room with Pietro, you should
trigger a skit. After that you're done in Hima for now, so stock up and
head for the exit for a scene. Ignore talking to the Dragon Guy at the
Peak for now, this will take you to the last part of the first disc,
and we don't want to do that yet. Instead talk to the traveler guy
again to return to Luin.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
When you arrive in Luin, if you'd like to take part in the Restoration
side quest feel free. Otherwise head outside. Now you're off to the
Balacruf Mausoleum once more in order to get another summon spirit.
=======================================================================
47. Balacruf Mausoleum
Item: Opal
=======================================================================
Alright, head inside the dungeon and navigate your way all the way back
to where the seal room is. Now before heading up to the altar in the
seal room prepare yourself for the boss. It would be wise to set your
character's attack strategy to "Attack Same" seeing as how there are
three bosses in this battle, and you'll want to knock that number down
ASAP. You NEED Raine, really... it's not even funny how bad you'll need
her excellent healing arts, though you might want to turn Nurse OFF...
really, it takes a long ass time to cast. So then I'd take her along
with Lloyd and Sheena, and for the last character Colette. Colette
Angel Feather's always helps, and her Holy Song will help a lot as well.
When you're ready, take a deep breath and head towards the altar.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Fairess
HP: 6190
TP: 250
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 690
Gald: 285
Itme: Saffron
Boss: Yutis
HP: 6480
TP: 80
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 770
Gald: 290
Item: Sage
Boss: Sephie
HP: 7320
TP: 220
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 880
Gald: 320
Item: Savory
Wow... this fight is HARD. You can easily have your entire party wiped
out as soon as the battle even begins. It's very important that you
take down one of the Sylphs as fast as you possibly can. Man, take out
Fairess(with the shield) first, she is by far the most annoying and
deadly out of all the bosses. Her spells hurt everyone and she just
generally makes life miserable. She may have high defense, but she also
has the lowest HP. After you drop that wench move onto Sephie (with the
sword) as she also does a lot of damage. Once you have the battle down
to just Yutis, it's as good as won. Though don't get cocky, your party
members are no doubt weary, and she does still posses enough power to
drop them. Remember you can (and should) summon Undine if at all
possible (Sheena has to be in Overlimit to Summon Spirits) and use
items! While Raine is healing with magic, you can have someone using
items! Don't be stingy either, I used 6 life bottles throughout the
fight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Phew... Let's never do that again, shall we? Anyways... after the battle
will be a scene and you'll obtain an Opal, and Sheena will learn S.
Seal: Wind, and Summon: Wind. Now get out of this hell hole for good.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Just Another Pact, Chicken or the Egg
=======================================================================
When you leave the Mausoleum you should get a skit. Afterwards head
over to the House of Salvation if you need to heal up (I'm sure you do)
then it's off on a long journey back to Iselia. To get back to Iselia
you have to head all the way northwest from The House of Salvation,
passing Luin via crossing the bridge. Keep heading west along the road
and you'll see Nova's Caravan, keep heading west past the Caravan until
you get to a bridge. Recognize the area? This is where I told you to
yield from going any farther once upon a time ago. Well, even if you
don't remember keep heading south. Once across the bridge you might
trigger a skit. Just keep heading south and eventually you will reach
the ole' Ossa Trail. Now you must know where you are! Ooooh yeah... how
about that Skull inside the cave? Let's pay him a visit.
=======================================================================
48. Ossa Trail
=======================================================================
If you didn't beat the Skull Earlier on in the game, now's your chance.
With levels that dwarf those of your previous visit you will be able to
rape the poor fiend. Head into the cave and all the way to the back
where you'll find the Skull sitting there. Talk to him to challenge him.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: ?????? (Sword Dancer)
HP: 8000
While you'll be able to take down the Bosses less than impressive 8000
HP with relative ease, he can still do some pretty hefty damage. So
make sure you either have Kratos or Raine in your party (Frankly, I
don't see why you wouldn't ever have one of them in your party) Just
keep pounding away on him until he falls.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards you'll receive the Yata Mirror and the skull will vanish.
The creatures name is Sword Dancer (you can check the Monster Manual
now and it'll say as much) so from now on the Skull will be named as
such. Now head back through the Ossa Trail to Iselia. On your way out
examine the trap door with Sheena for a funny comment ^^
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now that your back in the desert, head on over to Triet to stock up on
items and check with the fortune teller to see how things are going
with your crew. It's crucial that you stock up here because you have
another difficult boss battle coming up. Once you're done in Triet head
north towards Iselia and head into Iselia Forest. Head through Iselia
Forest and then over to Dirk's House.
=======================================================================
49. Dirk's House
Item: Ex Gem Lv3, Metal Sphere, Onion, Exsphere Shard
=======================================================================
Dirk's House is the location of one of the more difficult Side Quest in
the game to complete. If you visited Harley in Asgard as per my
instructions and picked up the Figurine Book, head on in and talk to
Ole Dirk for a scene. When give the choice, go ahead. Then you can read
the Explanation. More or less, you can use items called Pellets you
collect throughout your journey to make Figures. This process is both
complex and simple in it's own right. Complex in knowing when to make
what, with what. And simple in it's just a matter of using some Pellets
to make a damn figurine. None the less, the Quest is so large that is
has a special section in Side Quest for you to check out if you so
desire. Check out Figurine Book (FGB1) for details on starting this
Side Quest now, or making plans for the long run. Regardless of what
you do, talk to Dirk to get a boat load of goodies including an Ex Gem
Lv.3! When you're ready to leave, head back to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now head all the way back to Triet. If you need to rest jump into to
Triet and head for the inn. After staying the night get back out onto
the map and make your way over to the Triet Ruins.
=======================================================================
50. Triet Ruins
Item: All-Divide, Spirit Bottle, Garnet
=======================================================================
Head down into the dungeon itself and make your way towards the seal
room. But wait... on the way... oh yeah! Remember that chest that you
couldn't open so long ago? Well brace yourself for a battle and open it
now to confront a tough monster called a Fake. You'll need to use magic
to harm this thing at all, so make sure Genis is in the party for the
battle. The Fake will drop an All-Divide and you'll get a Spirit Bottle
after the bout. Now make your way towards the Seal Warp and SAVE. Now
prepare for one helluva boss fight. You can use the same party as you
used against the Sylphs (Lloyd, Sheena, Raine) and you can either use
Colette or Genis. If you go with Genis make sure to turn off his Fire
Spells. Heal up and brace yourself, then head into the warp.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Efreet
HP: 18000
TP: 850
S: Fire
W: None
EXP: 2430
Gald: 945
Item: Attack Symbol
Efreet isn't nearly as hard as The Sylphs were, but he can still give
you a run for your money. His fire magic is so devasting he can reduce
a damn near 2k HP Lloyd to nothingness should he get caught in the
blast. The best thing to do is just to pound on Efreet while Raine
heals, if you should need more assistance have Genis use items to
revive, heal, or restore tp. If you can help it, when you see Efreet
casting magic (Especially Explosion) try to run away as fast as you can
and guard. Just keep at it and he'll fall. Should you get the chance to
summon Undine you will really bring the hurt down on this bad boy.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards you'll watch a pretty funny scene and than obtain a Garnet,
and Sheena will learn S. Seal: Fire, and Summon: Fire. Now you're done
here for good, so head back out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Once again, stop by Triet if you need to rest and/or restock. Once
you're done it's time to make the trek all the way back to Hima.
=======================================================================
51. Hima
Item: Assassin's Ring
=======================================================================
Alright, we're head to a point of no return, so make sure you have a
back up save, because you can't leave this next area until you've
completed it. And if you find yourself in a bind... well things won't be
pretty. So prepare, save, do any of the above side quest, or anything
else you might have forgotten, then head to the summit of Hima for a
scene. After the scenes, Lloyd will be by himself. Now you can go
around Hima and talk to all of your party members. First up is Sheena
who is standing right next to you. Next up outside of the inn you'll
see Colette and Raine.
IMPORTANT: Leave Colette for last. So the next person to talk to would
be Raine. To the right you'll find Genis. Now head up the mountain path
towards the gravesite to talk to Kratos. After talking to Kratos once,
talk to him again for the final training sequence. Once you've talk to
everyone else, go talk to Colette. You'll view some scenes, including a
fairly interesting one. During one of the scenes you'll pick up the
Assassin's Ring. After the scenes head back to the peak. Watch a scene
and then choose who you want to ride with, you should know who I picked
=p.
=======================================================================
52. The Tower of Salvation
=======================================================================
When you arrive with the person you rode with, you'll meet up with your
other party members and watch a scene. Now head through the door and
head up the bridge for a scene. Afterwards head over to the warp and
watch some startling scenes. During the scenes Colette will learn the
skill Judgment. So begins a series of three consecutive boss fights,
the first you have to win, the second you don't have to, and the third
you can't. These bosses are spoilers so here's you warning. For
strategies on them scroll down past the spoiler warnings.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ WARNING: SPOILERS AHEAD!!! ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Remiel
HP: 16000
TP: 258
S: Light
W: None
EXP: 2795
Gald: 1840
Item: EX Gem Lv.1, Rune Bottle
You should use the same strategies you used against the Summon Spirit
Bosses, even though Remiel isn't near as tough. Of course he's pretty
difficult in his own respect, so just make sure Raine keeps everyone
healthy, and if you need to use items do so. Though try to reserve at
least some for the next boss, even though you don't HAVE to win that
one, you should. Anyways... just pound away on Remiel with your best
techs. He's strong to Light Spells, so avoid having Raine use Photon
and the like (don't know why you'd waste TP on them anyways). After the
battle make sure you Cook!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch even more startling scenes!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Kratos
HP: 22500
TP: 1500
S: Light
W: None
EXP: 3280
Gald: 2900
Item: EX Gem Lv.3, Life Bottle
This is a very difficult battle to win, and the fact that you don't
even have to win it might persuade you to give up from the get go. Even
still, I like to beat him. You will need to use tons of healing items
and spells, and guarding techs to withstand Kratos' onslaught. The man
who once fought beside you will hold no punches in this bout. Kratos is
harder than any boss you've faced thus far, you'll have to fight for
this victory, tooth and nail. But keep at it, play cautions, and be
patient. You can do it!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards watch some more scenes. Things are really getting crazy
around here eh?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Yggdrasill
HP: 40000
TP: 3000
S: Light
W: Dark
EXP: 3000
Gald: 0
Item: None
For one, don't worry about losing this battle, you can't win. The only
way you'll be able to win is by replaying the game and using the
benefits that come with a Replay Game. Otherwise... no, it ain't gonna
happen. Yggrdrasill may be a pretty boy, but a pretty boy that can kick
your ass.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After your inevitable defeat watch even more scenes.
=======================================================================
53. Sylvarant Base
Item: EX Gem Lv.2, Straw Hat, Protect Ring
Skit: Lloyd's Humiliated, Betrayer Kratos, Yggdrassil's Aim
=======================================================================
Watch some more lengthy scenes that recap and explain all of these
events unfolding around us. Once you're in control again head to the
right and up (it's the only way you CAN go) head down the stairs and
enter the next room. Here you'll find a vending machine which can
restore your health, and you can restock on general items here as well.
When you cross over the bridge to the right you should get a skit. When
you're on the other side of the room you'll find a memory circle. Save,
then head into the door on the right. In the next room, head up and
around the boxed platform to trigger another skit. Now circle around
and head towards the Sorcerer's Ring Device. You should trigger yet
another skit. Now examine the device to change the function of the
Sorcerer's Ring.
Now you must solve another puzzle in this large room. Start by heading
up the stairs near the entrance and make your way across the platform
south until you reach another set of stairs leading down to the
southern part of this room. You want to push the two creates onto the
panel with the pink lights surrounding it. Position them so that they
make a bridge to the raised platform with the box on it. Cross the make
shift bridge and push the new box onto the floor below. Now push two of
the boxes into a bridge formation on the east side of the room, and a
final box bringing the now accessible platform to the platform with the
treasure chest on it. Now head up the stairs and cross over the box
bridges to reach the loot. Now head back down and push the blue box
onto the blue panel to open a stairway. Before going down the stairs
push the two remaining boxes back over onto the pink light panel. This
time however, line them up vertically. Now head down the stairs.
Down in this odd looking room you'll find a control panel to the left
that has no power. Head up a bit to the electric cylinder just north of
the control panel and fire an electric charge from your Sorcerer's ring.
Now activate the switch to bring the boxes from above down. Cross over
the box bridge to the other side of the room. On the south side of the
room you'll find another electric cylinder, shoot it then head up the
stairs to activate the control console. This will drain the water in
the room. Head back down the stairs, but before crossing back over to
the north side of the room, head behind the control console and find a
hidden chest. Now cross back over and push the blue box over the edge.
Cross back over to the south side of the room and head down the stairs.
Push the blue box onto the blue panel to open the gate ahead of you.
Shoot the electric cylinder here to unlock the door in the south part
of the room.
Enter the door for a scene. Hey! Remember this room? Sure you do. Now
head to the west and take the north passage to get to the hanger. After
some scenes you'll be in Tethe'alla!
=======================================================================
54. Fooji Mountains
Item: EX Gem Lv.2, Cool Orbit, Card of Fire, Misty Robe
Skit: Don't Give Up, I'm a Hypocrite, They're Elves, Flying, Angel
Yggdrassil, Tethe'alla's Chosen, Kratos Our Enemy
=======================================================================
Watch some more scenes here, afterwards stand around for a moment to
trigger a skit. Run around the wrecked Rheairds to get another skit.
Now then, start making your way down the mountain by head south until
you get to a memory circle. Save if you'd like then proceed down the
path. On the next screen you should get another skit. Head down the
path and collect the first chest you come upon, then keep going. Before
long you should get yet another skit. Keep heading down the beaten path
and before long... you'll get another skit. Eventually you'll find two
treasure chests near each other along the path, collect them and keep
going. Not long after grabbing those chests you should get another skit.
And even before you can take a few more steps you'll probably get
another skit, if not... give it a couple more steps. You'll come to a
fork in the road marker by a tree. Instead of heading south to exit the
mountain, head left along the path to get a treasure. If you head down
south past the tree you'll trigger a scene.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Super Pellets, Anti-Magic Bottle, Reverse Doll
Skit: Angry Noishe, Lloyd Confesses His Love
Skit Point: Raine
=======================================================================
Ah finally out of the land of infinite skits... oh wait here's another
skit. Now then, before running on over to Meltokio, take time to
explore this new land. If you head far to the east of Fooji Mountain,
and a bit north towards the coast line you'll find a skit point
involving Raine. Head west along the Coast until you see a building,
this is a House of Guidance. These are similar to the Houses of
Salvation in Sylvarant except...they charge 600 a night. Sheesh. There's
not much to do here other than talk with the locals or get ripped off.
There is a trader here who will trade you items for Grade Points... don't
really know WHY he's here, but he is. Anyway, step outside to get
another skit. Head west from the House of Guidance to reach a mapstone
marker.
Now head back to Fooji Mountain to better position yourself for these
directions. Head south from the mountain and you'll find a chest
containing some Super Pellets. Head directly west from here, heading
along the road, and then behind some mountains until you find a chest
containing an Anti-Magic Bottle. Now head north towards the capital
city (it's fairly large, hard to miss) but before heading in search the
forest to the west of it for another chest, finding this well hid chest
will net you a Reverse Doll. When you're finally ready, enter The
Capital City of Meltokio.
=======================================================================
55. The Imperial City - Meltokio
Item: Beef, Onion, Fruitx2
Skit: Tethe'alla the Flourishing World, Intellectual Hunnies
Recipe: Steak, Fruit Cocktail
=======================================================================
Watch a scene, and... NO!!! OH GOD NO!!! ;-;. Okay... let me get a grip
here... Ahem. *Whines* You'll get a skit after you see the name of the
city displayed. Head through the gate for a scene. I couldn't help but
laugh at this scene. Anyways, if you talk to the man standing by the
stairs he'll tell you about the different areas in the city. Now head
to the right and enter the first building. This is the inn, so rest and
save if you'd like, then talk with all the people. Now head back
outside and head left past the man at the stairs and into the next part
of the city.
Talk to the people here, then enter the first building you see. This is
a General Item store, so stock up if you need to. You'll notice there
are a lot more items here than any of the stores you've been to so far.
These are all very good, though very expensive items. You might
consider picking some up, but it isn't required. Not now anyway. The
Katz Center for this city is also located inside this store, but I
hardly involve myself with them. Head up behind the item shop to talk
to the people here if you'd like.
Now return to the entrance and walk up the stairs for a scene with the
man they call Zelos. Haha, pretty funny scene all in all. Talk with the
people in the square than head to the east. Enter the first building in
this area to find the Weapon Shop, and the Customizer. You might want
to wait and come back here before leaving the city... you'll see why. But
before you leave, check out the Cat in the back of the store. The
Wonder Chef is not one to be stopped by alternative worlds, and so,
here he is in Tethe'alla to teach you how to make Steak!
Now leave the shop and talk to all the people outside, then go ahead
and enter the Coliseum. Talk to the people here, then check the
bulletin board on the right side of the room, "Other Tips" will be
added to your Training Manual. The Coliseum is a Side Quest you're no
doubt interested in, however you can't fight any of the bouts right now.
So then, head back to the central area where you bumped into Zelos.
This time cross the bridge over to the right and you'll find the
armorer. Again, it'd be in your best interest to come back here before
leaving Meltokio.
Now go back down the stairs to the area below and take the right path,
going past the inn. Go north into the Elemental Research Laboratory.
You can talk to the people in here for a bit of information, though not
much. When you're finished with that, head back outside and take the
lower right path into another section of the city. This is the slums,
and in the slums there's pretty much nothing to do save for talking
with the people. So once that's over with return to the city square
once more. Now head up the stairs into the next area.
Man this city is big eh? Anyway, talk to the people around here, then
head to the building on the left. This is the Church of Martel, there's
not much to do here right now, but you'll be coming back here real soon,
so keep it in mind. Head back outside and take the lower right path to
the next screen. There's nothing to do in the first building to the
left so ignore it, talk to the people as you make your way along the
path. Go into the next building you come across on the left, and head
upstairs. Head down the hall and... what's that? In the corner, well
let's examine it and find out. Wonder Chef!? Again. You better believe
it, and this time he's going to teach you how to make a Fruit Cocktail.
Now head back outside and finish talking to the people in this area.
When you're done, head back to the previous area.
Now then, head up the stairs towards the big castle doors and talk to
the guards for a scene. You'll be denied entrance, so head for the
church. Head up the alie and talk to the old man standing in front of
the altar for a scene. Here you'll meet my second favorite character
Presea <3. Exit the church for a bit of a funny scene. Follow after
Presea for another scene. Now Presea will join the party, this almost
makes up for the loss suffered when we entered this damn town. ;-;.
Anyways, you can go around and explore the palace now if you'd like.
There's not much to do here, save for talking to all the people. When
you're ready head to the top floor and try to enter the Royal Chambers.
You'll trigger a series of scenes and then you'll be free to roam the
Palace some more if you'd like.
When you're ready to move on, exit the castle and head over to the
Church again. Talk to Zelos for a scene and then Zelos will join the
party. Wooboy, this city is hoppin, but now you're done... except for
doing your shopping (see why I told you to wait?) You'll notice that
Zelos is a lot like Kratos... so you have another Healer/Fighter again.
Cool Beans. Also, Zelos comes with the EX Skill Personal already
learned. What's interesting about this is that whenever Zelos is the on
screen character he will flirt with every female you talk to. There's a
good chance they'll give you an item when you do! There's a special in
title in store for you should you talk to every woman in the world.
More on this in the titles section though. Him and Presea come in with
some pretty lousy equipment, so make sure to gear them up at the shops.
So let's head on over there and see what we can do (boy this is gonna
hurt the ole' wallet)
Head on over to the Weapon/Customizer shop first. If you check with the
Customizer you will see that you can buy some of these items in the
Weapon shop, so don't waste your precious materials. I was lacking any
Black Silver which would have been extremely useful in getting a Gale
Staff, and a Red Shield. In the weapon shop you might as well pick up
an Ogre Sword, Ray Thrust, and Silver Sword. Now then, head over to the
Armory. Man... I wasn't even able to afford everything here. I barely
made away with Two Splint Mails, Two Elven Protectors, and a Striped
Ribbon. If you're in the same situation I am (or worse) we're gonna
need to do some money making. If not... I envy you. Well then... if you
have enough money go stay at the inn to trigger a skit. Then we're done
here. The sooner the better I'd say. Head for the exit.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head along the path to the Tethe'alla Bridge, you can't miss it!
=======================================================================
56. Tethe'alla Bridge
Skit: Nicknames, Ozette and Colette
Title: Strategist (Genis)
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene, afterwards head up the bridge. When you
talk to the first man on the left you'll get a scene. On the next
screen you'll see Sea Katz, don't talk to it yet, instead wait around
for a bit and you should trigger a skit. Now then, talk to Sea Katz to
begin a new mini game called Red Light/Green Light. I'm sure you know
of it.
----------------- Mini Game: Red Light/Green Light --------------------
Red Light/Green Light is just like the classic children's game that you
may have played before. To control Genis you must press the A Button
repeatedly to move forward, the same holds true for moving left and
right, except in that case you hold down R to go right, and L to go
left. You can quit the game at anytime by pressing start. To complete
the game you'll have to win three rounds in a row, this can be kind of
difficult because if get hit by a child behind you you'll get thrown
back a bit. The best way to win is to try and move out of the way of
the children by heading to one of the sides of the bridge, then rapidly
press a to move forward, when the Katz starts to turn around, press
start, then cancel. No matter what you're doing, you'll stop moving, so
this is a little trick that will keep you from getting caught. It might
take you a few times, and it can get frustrating, but the reward is a
new title for Genis the "Strategist". If you come back later in the
game you can win all three rounds again to get a special weapon for
Genis.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After a while of failing at Red Light/Green Light (if you're like me
-_-) you should get another skit. After either winning or giving up in
disgust cross the bridge. ... Finally.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Similar
=======================================================================
When you arrive on the world map you should trigger a skit. Now head
over to the town not far from the bridge to reach Sybak.
=======================================================================
57. The University Town - Sybak
Item: Rice, Egg, Tethe'alla Map
Recipe: Fried Rice
Title: Ill-fated Girl (Colette)
Skit: Curiosity of the Unknown, Sheena's Spell
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll be treated to a scene. Talk to the people in the
center of town. The first building to the right of the entrance is the
inn, so head on in there. When you're done in there head back outside
and check out the shop stands in the central area of town next to the
Academic Resources Building. There's even more expensive stuff here
that you probably can't afford right now *sigh*. Now head into the
Resources building and talk to the peeps around here. On the right side
of the building, in the back of the room is an attractive looking stack
of magazines just begging to be examined. Do so and you'll find that
mysterious little Wonder Chef again. This time he'll tell you how to
make Fried Rice.
Now leave the resource building and take the southwest path past the
man to enter the Academy area. Head into the Academy for a scene.
During the scenes you'll get a new title for Colette "Ill-fated Girl"
kind of a depressing title, ne? After the scenes you can freely explore
the Academy. It's a fairly large place, so it may take a while to fully
explore. When you're done, head back outside and make your way back to
the city's center. Talk to the junk merchant next to the shops for a
scene. Now head back to the Academy and talk to the man at the door for
a scene. Now head back to the room you were in earlier, if you don't
remember where it is just go west into the hall, it's the second door
you come across. Watch a scene, then leave the room and head back to
the entrance for a scene. Man... this really sucks eh? Anyways... keep
watching these revealing scenes. Woohoo!!! During the scenes Sheena
will rejoin the party and you'll get the Tethe'alla Map. Before leaving
the room, walk around and you should trigger a skit. Now head out of
the secret passage, and make your way back to the center of town.
Before leaving this screen however you should trigger another skit. Now
leave Sybak.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Hurry along the Tethe'alla Bridge, Half-Elves in Tethe'alla
=======================================================================
Head back over to the Tethe'alla bridge, when you enter you should get
a skit. Now hurry up along the bridge until you get to a scene and a
battle. Afterwards you'll watch another scene and then Raine and Genis
will rejoin the crew. Now head back onto the world map for a skit. If
you stop by Meltokio you'll see a scene. You'll be denied access from
the city, but one of the guards will sell you items. Whenever you're
ready to move on, head back over to the Fooji Mountains.
=======================================================================
58. Fooji Mountains
Skit: A Girl Who Lost Her Heart, We're Alike
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene, then start the long hike up the mountain.
Be wary though, for the monsters on the mountain have grown a lot
stronger since your last visit. When you get to the top, make sure you
save and heal up at the memory circle. You've got a boss fight coming
up. The boss is weak to Light Attacks, so putting Colette and Raine in
your party would be a good idea. When you're ready head towards the
crash site for a scene, followed by a boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Pronyma
HP: 18000
TP: 750
S: Dark
W: Light
EXP: 3000
Gald: 1500
Item: Rosemary, EX Gem Lv.2
Not to brag but... I really spanked this broad hard. Between the
Onslaught of Lloyd and Sheena she barely had the chance to do much.
Things slow down a bit when the TP dropped, but Raine was there healing,
and Colette was laying waste with Angel Feathers and Judgment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a startling scene. Followed by some more, light
hearted scenes. Things are definitely looking up now. Now then, head
all the way back down Fooji... *sigh* On your way down, you should
trigger a skit. When you get close to the exit, you'll trigger another
skit (something about this mountain and skits...) Now exit the mountain.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
You should head over to the House of Guidance to rest. After that head
over to Meltokio
=======================================================================
59. Meltokio Sewers
Item: EX Gem LV.2, Spirit Ring, EX Gem Lv.3, Great Ax, Breastplate, EX
Gem Lv.1, 2500 Gald, Thunderbolt, Card of Lightning, Elixir
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene. Now you'll be in the Sewers of Meltokio,
and your next dungeon, so let's get crackin. Now head up the path until
you get to a dead end where you'll find the Sorcerer's Ring Terminal.
The ring bestows upon you a mighty strange power this time, the power
to shrink yourself. Shrink yourself down and head to the left of the
Ring Terminal to find a small ledge you can walk across. Enter the hole
at the end and... WOAH!!! Sheesh... try to avoid the rat and grab the bag
for a treasure. Shrink yourself down and walk across the spider-web
near you. Head up the stairs and fight the monster here to gain a
memory gem. *NOTE*: Avoid battles while in mini mode, the monsters will
be bigger than your characters and will have twice as much power as
they normally do. Head along the path and down the stairs, hidden under
the stairwell is a chest. Head back up the stairs and follow the path
to a stairway and you'll see a scene. Afterwards grab the chest under
the stairs.
Head up the stairs and you'll find an interesting device. Shrink down
and enter the hole to the left of the Garbage Compactor and grab
another bag. Now it's time for a little puzzle. Activate the machine to
form a cube, you'll notice little slits around the edges of this upper
platform, you'll need to push a box into these slits. One box in the
middle slit on the left side, and two at the bottom. Now head back down
the stairs and make your way over to the block bridge. Shrink yourself
down and make your way across, then examine the blue valve to open the
door above. Head for the newly opened door and enter the next area.
Directly ahead of you, you'll find a sealed memory circle. Unlock it
and save if you'd like, then head down the stairs to the right of you.
Head across the blue panel and shrink, then examine under the stairs
for a chest, now head back up the stairs. Head toward the memory circle,
then left and down the stairs. You'll find a box here, shrink down and
jump in it. Examine the red valve to open the top door in this room.
Shrink down and make your way back across the way and head up to the
door you just opened.
Now it's time for a slightly more difficult puzzle. Start off by making
another cube. Push this cube along the catwalk until you get to a
corner (don't push it over the edge!) Now, shrink yourself and walk
across the web, make yourself big and pull the cube towards you one
time. Shrink again and cross back over the web, make yourself big and
start pushing the cube again. Push the cube to the right until you get
to another corner, this time push it off. Now head back into the
previous room and make your way downstairs entering the door under the
stairs. Take this time to head to the north part of the room and up the
stairs. Along the north wall right next to the stairway you'll find
another hole. Shrink and enter for another bag. Head back to the room's
entrance and head down the stairs, now follow the path, heading across
the box you made, and into the opening on the left. Head up the stairs
and walk between the bars of the cage, then make yourself big and open
it.
Now head all the way back to the second garbage compactor and make
another cube. Push the cube along the catwalk, shrinking when needed.
You want to bring the cube to the fourth corner you come across, and
push it over the edge so that it lands in front of the cage. Now, as
you might have guessed, head back to the cage. Push the cube into the
center of the cage to complete a bridge to the west. Now head back to
the second garbage compactor once more and make the final block. You
wanna take this one all the way to the end of the catwalk and push it
over the ledge to the right. Now make your way all the way back down,
and towards the area where you shrunk and entered the hole. You'll find
your box around here, so push it down towards the hole, and through the
slit. Head down to the bridge you completed earlier, head across it,
then down the stairs to find a narrow path and your block. Cross the
path to get to the yellow valve that'll open the door in this room.
Now then, make your way back to the memory circle and make sure to save,
then head along the path to the door you just opened. In this room grab
the chest then head down the stairs. Head up the path, past the blue
panels, then shrink and enter the hole to the right. Exit the hole, and
watch out for the rats, cross the thin path at the back of the room
behind the water falls and enter another hole on the other side. Before
you come to the blue panels make sure you're healed up because you have
a boss fight coming up. When you touch the blue panels you'll see a
scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Convictx3
HP: 6300
TP: 300
S: None
W: None
EXP: 300 EXP
Gald: 150
Item: None
Hardly a Boss Battle I suppose, maybe a Mini-Boss... or just some unique
monsters? Huh... it doesn't matter, spank em.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch a surprising scene afterwards. Now then, up the stairs is a
treasure chest, but it's a FAKE, so be careful. You might want to head
back to the Memory Circle and save before taking it on. Remember, only
magical attacks can harm the Fake, so bringing Genis is a MUST. Keep
his TP up and this imposter should drop before long. You'll get another
All-Divide when you beat him, as well as an Elixir. Now head up the
stairs to leave these damn sewers.
=======================================================================
60. Meltokio
Skit: Corrine in Danger, EC
Dog: Chibi, Pudding
=======================================================================
After the scene you'll find yourself behind the item shop. Go in there
and stock up if you need to, then make your way to the east side of
town. Stop at the inn and rest for a night if you'd like. Now, before
heading up to the Research Center, you might want to go and name the
two dogs in the city now. The first one is in the slums standing next
to a man on the second level. The next one is in the Rich Folk's
Residential Area, so make your way up towards the palace plaza and you
should trigger a skit. Then head right into the district and you'll
find the dog sitting outside one of the houses.
Now make your way to the Research Center. Enter for a scene. Now head
back to the Nobel District and go to Zelos' Mansion (it's the second
building on the left) Enter and watch a scene. Now Bud... er Lloyd will
have the opportunity to talk to the whole party. Head upstairs for a
cute scene between Genis and Presea ^^. When you're ready talk to
Sebastian to rest. The next morning, head back to the Research Center.
Watch a scene and you'll obtain a Wing Pack in the process. Now make
your way back towards the item shop, along the way you should trigger a
skit. When you get back to the item shop, go behind it and enter the
sewer again. You'll be able to "Quick Jump" to the other side. So head
out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Kuchinawa's Charm
=======================================================================
Make your way over to the Tethe'alla Bridge. Enter for a scene, then
head up and to the right for a scene. Now head down the stairs and meet
up with Kuchinawa for a scene. During the scene you'll get Kuchinawa's
Charm. Now you'll get instructions on controlling the EC. Now take EC
across the water to the pier on the other side. Get out, and make your
way over to Sybak.
=======================================================================
61. Sybak
Dog: Chappy, Turbie
=======================================================================
When you enter watch an unexpected scene. Now that you're here again,
take the time to name the dogs. One is outside the inn, and the other
standing next to a man in the Academy area. Also, you should have
gained some more funds by now, so upgrade your gear if you'd like. When
you're ready to move on, enter the manhole on the far left side of the
academy area. Speak with Kate for a scene. Now leave Sybak.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now you're off to the Gaoracchia Forest, it's northeast of Sybak, just
follow the road and you'll get there.
=======================================================================
62. Gaoracchia Forest
Item: Drain Charm, Phoenix Rod, Pretty Ribbon, Angel Bracelet
Skit: Forest Labyrinth, Legendary Strategy
Skit Point: Genis
=======================================================================
Enter the forest for a scene. Walk ahead just a bit to trigger another
scene, and then a battle. Now follow the path north until you find the
Sorcerer's Ring Console. This modification allows you to emit a beam of
light that will burn vines that block chest and paths throughout the
forest. But it only has a certain amount of power, you'll have to
recharge it in certain lighted areas. You should get a skit now.
Before going on in the forest, head west and you'll find an exit
leading outside. Hop out there for a moment to collect a couple things.
Head north and then around the mountain, head east and you'll find a
map marker stone. Now if you head north from the marker you'll find a
skit point with Genis. Now head back into the Forest.
If you go east from the Sorcerer's Ring Device you'll enter a new
screen. Near the entrance you'll find a recharge point, use it, then
head south from the recharge point to find a chest hidden under a tree.
Now head north along the path where you'll find a chest under some
vines. Use the ring to burn the vines away and collect the treasure.
Now things can get complicated at this point, seeing as how you can get
lost by either going to far north or south. Your objective now is to
collect all the treasures and successfully navigate through the forest.
Should you get caught in the maze (you'll notice when you keep walking
through the same area where there's nothing inside, vines, monsters,
treasures, or otherwise) to get back on the path, just head the way you
came in. If you find yourself going around in circles enough time,
you'll trigger a skit.
You can take any of the three paths from the area with the charger and
the two chests to reach the next area. This area contains one chest
with a Pretty Ribbon in it. Some of these chests are annoying to
uncover because you have to try so many different angels to get the
right one. You'll know when you're doing it right when the green
bubbles form. The next area has one chest in it that contains a Witch's
Robe. The next area has another chest containing an Angel Bracelet. In
the next area you'll find a blue chest that you won't be able to open
for a while. Just keep it in mind. In this same area, one of the skull
monsters will drop a memory gem. Also in this area is a Black Skull.
Yup, it's our old friend the Sword Dancer. I'm sure there are some
strategies for taking him out at this point, but he'll be here for a
good while, so you can always come back. That's what I'm going to do.
If you head into the next area you'll find a memory circle to unseal.
If you haven't collected all the items on the Item List, go back in and
try to find what you're missing.
Before heading past the memory circle, make sure you save and heal up.
You've got another Boss Battle coming up. When you're ready head south
onto the next screen for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Convict (Regal)
HP: 12000
TP: 320
S: None
W: None
EXP: 2250
Gald: 1500
Item Elixir
Man, you've gotta give this guy credit. Going 1 on 4, all the while his
hands shackled. Well... anyway This guy can really lay the hurt down on
you, but he can't withstand your own character's assault. Before long
he'll drop, but he might take someone down with him.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Then head south to exit the forest.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Pretty Boys Die Young
Skit Point: Sheena
=======================================================================
You should get a skit as soon as you're on the map. Just to the west of
the forest you'll find the village of Mizuho, but you'll also see a
skit point. So head over to that first, this one, as you might imagine
being so close to Mizuho, involves Sheena. Now enter Mizuho.
=======================================================================
63. The Mystical Village - Mizuho
Item: Panyan, Black Satay, Seaweed
Skit: Mizuho's Information Network, Small Knight, Reasons for the
Shackles, Mizuho, The Mystical Village
Dog: Tiggy
Recipe: Ramen
Title: Gentle Idealist (Lloyd), Idiot Chosen (Zelos)
=======================================================================
Watch a couple scenes when you enter the village. Talk to the people
around the village, one of the children you talk to will trigger and
interesting dialogue about Presea. You'll find a dog for Colette to
name next to the item shop. This place is also a customization shop, so
check out the wares. Ah... more stuff to spend your hard earned cash on.
When you're ready, talk to Orochi outside the Vice-Chief's House. Now
you'll see a series of scenes. Afterwards Lloyd will get the title of
"Gentle Idealist". Afterwards some more scenes, then Regal will join
the group. Regal is a real powerhouse with a ton of Tech Attacks, he'll
make a great addition to the group. Sadly he starts off with some
pretty crappy equipment, as per the usual. Anyways... go around the
village talking to people and collecting Skits. There are a few to be
had here. If you talk to Tiga you can spend the night for free, awesome.
Also in Tiga's house you'll spot an old fashion washing machine in the
back of the right side of the room. Examine it and Wonder Chef will
appear to teach you the art of Ramen! If you attempt to exit Mizuho,
you'll see a scene. Don't actually leave yet though, you want to at
least see the Skit called "Mizuho, The Mystical Village" this will earn
Zelos a new title. When you're ready, return to the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head over into the Forest again and take the first right you come
across. Follow it out to the field again. Make your way across the
bridge nearby and you'll find Ozette tucked away in forestry.
=======================================================================
64. The Quiescent Village - Ozette
Item: Meat, Tomato, Onion
Skit: Weird Guest
Dog: Kalcy, Sammy
Recipe: Tenderloin
=======================================================================
Enter for a scene. Walk forward and talk to the people, swing a left
and head down into the inn. Stay the night if you'd like. Make sure to
examine the Red Parrot in the inn for another encounter with that
infamous Chef of Wonders. This time he's gonna talk to you about
Tenderloin. Exit the inn and head to the right, here you'll find a dog
for Colette to speak with. Enter the building next to the dog to find
an Armor and Customizer Shop. Upgrade your gear if you'd like (or if
you have the funds even) Head back outside and south and you'll reach a
spiraling ramp. Head up it, here you'll find a rather rude guy, and
another dog for Colette to name. The building here is an item shop if
you need to stock up. Otherwise, return to the center area of the
village and head south from the shop to find a path leading down. Take
it to the next screen for a few morbid scenes. Afterwards you should
trigger a skit. Head out of the house than try to go south, you'll
trigger a scene. Afterwards head out to the world map. Altessa's House
is right there, so head in.
=======================================================================
65. Altessa's House
=======================================================================
Head up to the door and enter the house for a few scenes. Well... that
didn't get us very far. There's nothing else to do here, so head back
to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Item: Secret Notebook, Rune Cape
Skit: Is Tabatha an Angel?, Use Your Head, Homesick, Dirk and Altessea,
Two Chosen's
Skit Point: Colette, Regal
=======================================================================
When you're back on the World Map, you'll trigger a skit. You'll have
to head back through Ozette to get to the nearest EC dock, so do so.
When you're back on the map, you'll trigger another skit. Before
boarding the EC, head back to Mizuho real fast for a little task. Talk
to the guy at the Item Shop and he'll ask you to find something he
dropped in the well. Head over to the well on the other side of the
Chief's House and examine it. Turn in the "Account Book" for a fairly
weird scene and you'll obtain the Secret Notebook. While you're here,
pick up a Mizuho Portion. You'll need it later.
Now then, head for the EC Dock by Ozette. Now you can explore the world
a bit in the EC. You can't visit every area right now, but you can get
quite a few items and skit points. You might want to press start to
make your mini map bigger, this may help a bit with exploring. While
you're out on the sea you might get a skit or two. Head north from the
EC Dock and you'll find another one directly across from the one you
left. Dock here and take note of the Temple of Lightning. Now head over
to the west and you'll find a skit point with Colette. There's nothing
else to do here yet, so board the EC again.
If you go all the way to the southeastern most continent on the world
map, and go to the very south of that continent you'll find a dock.
Exit the EC and nearby you'll find a skit point involving Regal. To the
north of the dock you'll find the Toize Valley Mine, we aren't ready to
go there just yet, but keep it in mind. If you walk northeast from the
skit point, along the coast line, and eventually down onto a beach area,
you'll find a chest containing a Rune Cape. There are a couple other
areas you can access right now, but it's not the time for them. So head
back to the mine and enter (make sure to save first!)
=======================================================================
66. Toize Valley Mine
Item: Sage, EX Gem Lv.1, Crescent Ax, Saint Rapier, Sand Saber, Iron
Greaves, Battlesuit, Silk Robe, Thunder Cape, Super Pellets, EX Gem
Lv.3, Inhibitor Orb
Skit: Mine from Ancient Times, Machines that are still Alive, Bomber
Ring, I'm Tired of Mines
=======================================================================
Enter the mine and make sure everyone is healed up, and that you saved
outside. I'd suggest using a party that contains Raine, and having her
being the dedicated healer for this upcoming complex battle. Step
forward for a scene then a boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Defense System
HP: 12000
TP: 100
S: None
W: None
EXP: 2350
Gald: 0
Item: Metal Sphere, Mythrilx4
Boss: Auto Repair Unit
HP: 5500
Boss: Orbits
HP: 3000
Boss: Guard Arms
HP: 8000
Wow... well... this battle is complicated because there are so many targets.
The key is knowing which one to go after. The main boss is the Defense
System, once that goes down, everything goes with it. But in order to
really hurt the Defense System, you're going to want to take out the
Auto Repair Unit first. Ignore everything else, once it's gone focus on
the Defense System. When the Repair Unit is back online, take it out
again, and resume your assault on the Defense System. This boss really
isn't very hard, but there's a lot going on, so it can get out of hand.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Afterwards, head back into the previous
room and check the right side of the room next to the area where you
fought the Defense System to get a chest. Then, down by the entrance
behind an overturned mine cart you'll find another. Head back into the
room and along the path, after a bit you'll trigger a skit. To the
right you'll find a lift device of sorts, before messing with it you
should get another skit. Now when the lift comes over to you, step on
it and ride it over for a scene. Now get back on the lift and when you
come across the switch, use the Sorcerer's Ring to change the direction
of the lift.
Ride the lift to the new destination, fight the monsters on this
platform to obtain the memory gem. Examine the large door in the north
wall for a scene. Now south of the door you'll see an elevator, when it
comes to your level, get on it and ride it down. Down here head to the
right and you'll find a chest hidden behind some carts. In the lower
right corner you'll find the Sorcerer's Ring Device. Examine it to
change the ring's function, then head up the little ramp to the left.
Up here you'll find another chest, then head up along the path, you
should get another skit. At the end of the path you'll find yet another
chest. Now head back to the elevator and take it back up.
Once back on the upper path, head over to the big boulder on the left
and use the Mana Bomb. Now take the lift back down and change the
function of the ring back to normal (by examining the device once more)
Head back up and ride the lift, hit the switch to change the direction
of the lift again, and ride it back to the left. Now jump across the
ledge in the top left hand corner. Ride the elevator back down once
more to change the function again. Ride the elevator back up, jump
across the gap, and ride the lift over to the right. Head in the door
to move onto the next screen.
You'll find another boulder to blow up with the Mana Bomb. Do so now,
then head up and to the left to find a chest. Head back down and to the
right to find another boulder, blow it up and head along until you get
to another boulder. After blowing that one up, head left across the
middle path and down a ramp into a lower depression where you can find
another chest. You can finish blowing up the boulders that block the
roundabout path that eventually lead to a ramp and a locked memory
circle. Unlock the memory circle to save, then head down the ramp. Here
you'll find another chest, and an odd little creature roaming about.
Talk to him for a scene, if you took my advice and picked up the Potion
in Mizuho, give it to him (yeah, I know, he's a rude little bastard.
Just do it) Now he'll head "home" We'll be seeing him later.
Now if you make your way over to the right side of the room the camera
will change at a certain point. Then if you step on the stone switch in
the ground a scene will ensue. Regal will point out a switch that will
deactivate the boulders, but you don't want to do that just yet. Head
along the path and pass the switch cautiously, you'll see a spinning
square and then get a scene. Now you should know what to do, you want
to have the Bacura chase you back to the boulder slope, and you want to
trigger the boulder to come down on him. If you do get into a battle
with this thing... you can't win. Afterwards turn off the switch, and
you'll be able to go back up the boulder ramp without fear.
Take the nearby elevator down to the lower level, you should trigger a
skit shortly after touching solid ground. Head along the path and
you'll find a chest, keep heading along the path and you will come
across the remains of the Bacura. Examine it and you'll get a scene,
you'll get an Evil Eye in the process. The Evil Eye is the start of a
difficult side quest that you can take part in later on. For now grab
the chest and make your way back up. Head back down the boulder ramp,
and along the path leading down into the next area.
In this new area, head down the ramp, here you'll find another chest.
Now head back up the ramp and take the bridge to the right where you'll
see a scene. Afterwards place a bomb around the boxes on the right side
and you'll uncover a chest. Examine it for a scene. Now make your way
out of the mines. When you get to the exit you'll see a scene. Now
leave the mine
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head back to the EC Dock and cruise on over to Ozette's Dock.
=======================================================================
67. Ozette
Item: Cheese, Pasta, Milk
Skit: Colette's Secret, I'm not a Kid, Pray for Colette's Safety
Recipe: Gratin
=======================================================================
Now head on over to Ozette and you'll get a scene, followed by a battle.
After the battle a series of scenes. Agree when giving the choice.
Watch another scene and then you'll be able to quick jump to Mizuho.
Refuse the Quick Jump, you've got something else to do in Ozette. Head
into Presea's House and examine the big stuffed Bear by the bed to call
upon the Wonder Chef. He'll teach you how to make Gratin. On your way
out of the house you might trigger a skit. On your way out of the
village you'll trigger another skit. If you head into the inn and talk
to the lady inside you'll get a scene. You may as well choose the first
option. If you stay at the inn you'll get a skit. Now leave the village
and head to Mizuho.
=======================================================================
68. Mizuho
Skit: Sheena's Real Name
=======================================================================
Talking to the villagers you will see that there is some tension in the
air. Head into the Chief's House and talk to Tiga for a scene. After
the scene you'll be able to talk to your party members around the
village. When you head towards Sheena at the gravesite you'll get a
scene. After the scene you'll be back in the Chief's House, and you'll
get a skit. Now leave the village.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now it's time to go to the Temple of Lightning, which you may have seen
earlier while exploring. Return to the Ozette Dock and board the EC,
head directly north to the next dock and head into the temple.
=======================================================================
69. Temple of Lightning
Item: Silver Guard, EX Gem Lv.3x2, Duel Helm, Thunder Scepter, Shining
Star, Spirit Bottle, Battle Cloak, Power Greaves, Corrine's Bell,
Sandonyx
Skit: Do Your Best, Beautiful Mutual Understanding, Beware of Lightning,
For Depressed People
Title: Summoner (Sheena)
=======================================================================
When you enter there will be a scene, after which, you'll get a skit.
Oh boy... get ready for one hell of a dungeon. Walk forward along the
path, and watch out for the lighting that strikes, it'll do damage to
you. If you walk around this area you should get a skit. Now head up
the right path and examine the lightning rod to raise it. Now take the
middle path and lower that lightning rod. Go back to the right and
raise the rod again, finally raise the left one. Now go step on the
white switch on the middle path. Head over to the device you just
uncovered to change the function of the ring. Now you'll be able to
shoot out blue electricity which can blow up the Blue Boxes you see.
Head to the right and up to find some of those boxes. Head up the path
and you'll find a chest.
Now head up the central path and keep going to the next screen. Head up
either staircase on the right and left sides of the room to take you up
to Volt's Seal. Here destroy the blue box with your ring. To complete
this dungeon you'll need to find the Yellow, and Red Lightning Devices
as well. Head back down the stairs and up to the door in the middle of
the room, blow up the blue box there to pass on into the next area. Go
up the stairs to the left, you'll see another blue box. Destroying this
one yields an encounter, once you're done with that head up the stairs.
Enter the doorway at the top for a scene.
In this dark room you'll have to wait for the lightning to strike to
light your way up the stairs or else you might take a wrong turn and
fall off the stairs. If you are about to fall you can tap A to try and
hang on. When you get to the top take the door to the south into the
next area. Walk along the balcony until you find a lightning rod and a
blue box in the air. Shoot the blue box to drop a chest below, then
raise the lightning rod to drop the part down to the next level. Now
grab the chest and make your way over to the left to shoot down another
box and hit another rod. Open the chest here, then head over to the rod,
shoot box, hit rod. Now raise the final lightning rod to stop the
lightning from electrifying the water below.
Head into the door on the right to enter another dark room, this time
just jump off the edge. Head up the steps and enter the main room again,
head to the left and down into the water. Lower the lightning rod here,
then head up to the device on the platform to change the blue
electricity to yellow. Head all the way back to the entrance and to the
left passage and you'll find some yellow boxes to blow up, revealing a
chest. Now head back to the seal room and up to the top to blow away
the yellow box, one more to go. Head down the west stairway and you'll
find some yellow boxes to blow up, this time you'll uncover a
passageway.
Instead of going through the passage you just uncovered, go over to the
east side of the room and enter the door here to find yourself in
another dark room. When you get to the top you'll find a yellow box to
drop. This one drops a Lightning Rod to the area below. Enter the dark
room again and let yourself drop. Enter the main area again, and head
right to raise the new lightning rod. Now head to the west and up the
stairs to enter the first dark room again. Make your way through here
to get to the top. Head up the stairs here and cross the bridge to the
right, then down the stairs and into another dark room. Carefully make
your way down this dark room and you should get a skit in the process.
Along the way you'll come to a split in the path, where you can take a
stairs up, or a path under an overpass. Head under the overpass to get
a partly hidden chest, then go up the stairs to be on your way. You'll
find yourself back in a familiar area. Head along the balcony to the
lightning rod, then lower it for a scene.
Make your way back up through the dark room again. Back in this top
area you have a little puzzle to solve. If you examine the device
tucked under the stairs you'll get a scene. The trick to this is to
make a circuit for the electricity to pass up to the boulder. To do
this you must destroy certain boxes. Head up the stairs twice to get to
the level with two blocks and an enemy. Defeat the enemy to claim a
memory gem, then head up another level. Here, on the third level blow
up the left most box. Then head up to the fourth level and blow up the
right box. Now head back down and start the machine. The boulder will
drop and break the bridge if you did it correctly. Now reset the blocks
by examining the machine and selecting reset. Go all the way to the
fourth level and blow up the left box, then go down and start the
machine.
Now head down the ramp you created by destroying the bridge, and head
up the stairs to collect the box you just dropped. Head down the stairs
in this lower area to reach a door leading south, go in and examine the
device to get the red electricity. Now return all the way to the
entrance again. Take the right path and you'll find some red boxes.
Behind them lies a chest. Now return to the seal room, but don't blow
up the final box just yet. Instead head into the dark room on the west
side of the room you uncovered earlier. Carefully make your way through
this twisted corridor to the top where you'll find more red boxes, blow
them up to get a chest. Make your way back to the seal room, but head
downstairs into the water room once more. Unlock the memory circle,
save, and rest up. You've got a difficult boss coming up. You'll need
to have Sheena in your party, I'd also recommend taking Raine. Whoever
else you want to take is up to you. I went with Genis and Lloyd.
When you're ready head up to Volt's Seal and blow up the red box. Raise
the rod for a scene, followed by a Boss Fight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Volt
HP: 24000
TP: 240
S: Lightning
W: None
EXP: 3580
Gald: 2800
Item: Emerald Ring
Like all Summon Spirits, Volt's Magic is very powerful and can really
rack up the damage. But Raine should be able to keep everyone up to
shape while the rest of the party pounds away on Volt.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a surprising series of scenes. Afterwards you'll
acquire Corrine's Bell, a Sardonyx, and Sheena will learn T. Seal:
Lightning, and Summon: Lightning, she'll also obtain the title of
Summoner! Sheesh. As for this Emerald Ring... The Battlesuit, the Duel
Helm, and now this Emerald Ring that practically does the same thing...
Star Ocean anyone!? Ahem... When you try to leave the tower you'll see a
scene. Before leaving you should get a skit.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Thank You Corrine
=======================================================================
When you're back on the map you'll get a skit. Head over to the icy
continent surrounded by rocks to the east. In the southeastern part of
the Continent, between some rocks, you'll find an EC dock and The
Tethe'alla Base. Dock, and enter.
=======================================================================
70. Tethe'alla Base
Item: Silver Circlet, EX Gem Lv.3x2, EX Gem Lv.2, Card of Ice,
Lightning Sword, Dragon Tooth, Silver Mail, Lavender, Aqua Cape,
Tomahawk Lance, Beam Shield
Skit: Tingles, Renegades Technology
=======================================================================
Enter for a scene, afterwards you can talk to Orochi to be healed, you
can save at the memory circle, examine the Sorcerer's Ring Device to
change it's function, and examine the vending machine on the left side
of the room. When you're ready, head through the south door. Take the
east door into the next area. Here you'll find a laser device that's
path must be obstructed in order to pass by. You'll find several of
these throughout the base. You want to drag the nearby blue box down
and push it into the beam's path. Head east and enter the room to fight
an enemy. You'll get part of the pass code after you beat him. Head
back into the previous room and position the box so that you can go
north.
In this room you'll find a chest to the right. Move the box in this
room so that you can reach the door on the west side. Enter this area
and move the box so that you can past to the west again. In this room,
fight the guard to get another part of the pass. Afterwards you'll see
a device and a cylinder in the top right hand corner. Charge the
cylinder with the ring then examine the device. Now head back to Orochi.
Talk to him if you want to heal, then head back into the circular
chamber. This time take the west passage.
Head north in this next room, and the hang a left in the next. Enter
the door here and fight the enemy inside to get the last part of the
pass code. Open the chest here then leave the room, then head north up
the hall. Head up the stairs and fight the enemy here to get a Memory
Gem. Now keep going up the stairs and you'll find the lift you raised
earlier. Pull the box off the lift and over to the left. Then get
behind it and push it over the edge onto the beam device below. Now
head back down the stairs, and south down the hall.
Back in this passageway, pull the block down, and push it to the left
so that you can go to the west. Enter the first door to find a chest,
then head west more to another door with a chest. Now head back to
Orochi a third time and talk to him to heal and hear the code in it's
entirty. Now head back to the room where you got the second part of the
pass code. Collect the two chest on the west side of the room, then
return to the previous hall and push the block so you can go north.
Unlock the memory circle here and save. Head up the stairs to the north
to collect a chest. Go back down the stairs and to the left where
you'll find two blue boxes. Push these boxes into the niches in the
north wall to form a bridge, then go up the south stairs, and down the
north stairs to get onto the bridge. Cross over and collect another
chest. While you're on the bridge angel yourself in a position that
you'll be able to shoot a spark at the nearby cylinder. While messing
around in the warehouse you might trigger a skit or two. Push one of
the boxes down next to the stairs so that's it's lined up with the
rectangular platform, you should be able to walk from the stairs onto
the box. Anyways, push that box over to the left once more, then push
another box into the position where the last one used to be. Climb up
the stairs then walk out onto the box, head left another the first box
and open a chest here.
Now push one of the boxes onto the upper right corner of the lift,
stand on the lift yourself and examine the switch to go up. Push the
block up once onto the ledge then go back down. Climb up the stairs
again and then up another set, head east then down another set of
stairs. Make your way to the box and pull it east, then drop it down
off the edge. Walk onto it and fire a shot at the cylinder. Alright,
drag the last box onto the lift in the lower right hand corner of the
room, board the lift with the box and ride it to the top.
Pull the box off the lift then push it forward to bridge a gap between
the platform and the chest. Cross over the gap and collect the treasure,
then head back south and take the stairs to the west. Head all the way
west and cross over the suspended lift, keep going north and you'll
find another chest. Head back to the lift and light up the cylinder,
then take the lift with the box down below. Pull the box off the lift
then push it onto the box below to bridge the gap to another chest.
Now leave the room and re-enter to reset all the blocks. Save before
going on because you've got a boss fight coming up. Drag one of the
blocks onto the lower right lift again and ride it up. This time push
the block into the gap to form a bridge that will allow you to cross to
the north part of the room. Here you'll find another lift to take you
up. At the top you'll find a control console to enter your pass code in.
I don't know if it changes, but mine was THE POWER OF THE STAR IS THE
RADIANCE OF LIFE. Before going through the door make sure your party is
ready. If you're going to take Genis into this battle, turn off his
Earth and Lightning Skills. Enter the door when you're ready and watch
a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Yuan
HP: 16000
TP: 652
S: Lightning
W: None
EXP: 4890
Gald: 3150
Item: EX Gem Lv.4!!!
Boss: Botta
HP: 12000
TP: 580
S: Earth
W: None
EXP: 1680
Gald: 2800
Item: None
You're obviously going to want to take out one of these guys ASAP. I'd
suggest Botta for starters. So focus all of your party on him. Just
make sure to keep an eye on your healer so Yuan doesn't go slash happy
on them. Don't be afraid to lay off of beating down Botta to get Yuan
away from weaker party members, Botta can't do much on his own aside
from cast weak earth magics.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Now you'll get a tutorial on
controlling the Rheairds.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now that you have the Rheairds you can pretty much go to any location
in the world. So with that said...
=======================================================================
71. Exploring Tethe'alla Part I
Item: Rice, Onion, Red Satay, Revive Ring, EX Gem Lv.4, Sephira, EX Gem
Lv.3, Rare Pellets, Elven Boots
Skit: Common and Silly, Presea's Wish Tag, Wish Tag from Sacred Wood,
When the Wish Comes True, Small Hope, Reminiscent
Skit Point: Regalx2, Sheenax2, Zelosx3, Preseax3, Genis, Raine
Recipe: Curry
=======================================================================
While you're flying around you should get a skit. To start, head back
to Mizuho to rest and restock on anything you might need. Head back out
and zip on over to Altessa's House, on your way you might get another
skit. Here talk to Tabatha for a scene. Tabatha will teach you the
wonderful recipe for Curry. Take that Wonder Chef! If you got the
previous skit about the Wish Tag you should get a follow up shortly
afterwards. Now head back out onto the world map and let the true
exploring begin. Start at the northwest cluster of islands. If you land
on the three largest islands you will find A Skit Point featuring Regal,
a treasure chest containing a Revive Ring, and another chest containing
an EX Gem Lv.4. Before long you'll get another skit concerning the wish
tag. Next head east towards the large north continent that is home to
the likes of Mizuho and Ozette.
If you land on the northern most part of the continent where the Temple
of Lightning resides, you'll find a skit point involving Sheena. While
traveling you should get a skit. To the southeast of the Tower of
Salvation you'll find a map marker near the coast line. Toe the west of
the map marker you'll find a skit point for Zelos, also along the coast
line. Before long you should get a skit. To the west of the Tower of
Salvation in a forest area that falls between Ozette and Altessa's
House (though the forest is separated by a mountain to each area) you
should find a chest containing a Sephira. Equip this on someone NOW!
You'll get 50% more Gald. To the east of the north continent you'll see
two islands that are in between the north continent and the snowy rock
region where the Tethe'alla base is located. The southern most island
contains a skit point for Presea, while the northern one has a map
marker stone on one of it's islands.
Now head over to the Icy Region known as Flanoir. It's the northeastern
most continent. In the middle of it all you'll find some smooth land,
which contains the Town of Flanoir, as well as the Temple of Ice.
Ignore those for now and head north of the Temple, and east around the
mountain to find a skit point about Zelos. To the southeast of Flanoir
you will find a fairly large island with a big city on it, you might
have noticed it when exploring in the EC. Land here and you'll find
another skit point with Regal in the middle of the island.
Now head down to the southeast and explore the largest continent in the
world of Tethe'alla. On a beach on the north part of the continent,
directly southeast of Altamira (the big island we were just at) you'll
find a skit point involving Genis. On a very small beach island just to
the southwest of the Genis skit point you'll find a chest with an EX
Gem Lv.3 in it. On the northern part of the southeastern most part of
the continent you'll find a chest containing some Rare Pellets near the
shore. South of there you'll find a skit point for Presea. You'll have
to land ON it to actually get to it. To the northeast of the Toize
Mines you'll find a map marker. To the west of the mines near the ocean
you'll find yet another skit point for Presea. To the west of the
Presea skit point is another skit point for Zelos. To the northwest of
the Zelos skit point you'll find a chest containing Elven Boots. And
just to the west of THAT, you'll find another skit point. This time
it's for Sheena. To the north of that skit point you'll find another on
the beach, finally one for Raine! Phew, finally done... for now.
You can explore some of the places scattered around, but you should
wait until later. Don't worry, I won't forget about them! And besides
you HAVE to go to most of them at some point.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Getting back on track, fly towards the western most part of the world
map. In between Flanoir and the Largest Continent you'll find something
odd floating in the sky. Save before entering.
=======================================================================
72. Dragon's Nest
=======================================================================
Watch a scene when you enter. Afterwards you'll get into a boss battle.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Winged Dragon
HP: 18000
TP: 400
S: None
W: None
EXP: 2450
Gald: 1200
Item: Venom, Flare Cape
Boss: Baby Dragonx2
HP: 12000
TP: 800
S: None
W: None
EXP: 1250
Gald: 500
Item: None
Sheesh... Quite the stats these folks have. Well, start by focusing on
one Baby Dragon at a time. You'll want to take them out first and
foremost. Afterwards you should be able to deal with the Winged Dragon
easily enough, try to avoid his earth magic though, it really hurts.
Man... I had to use more life bottles in this battle than I'd like to
admit. Of course I didn't bring Raine into battle with me, probably my
biggest mistake. Well... however you decide to handle it, just be careful.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards a scene.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Looks can be Deceiving
=======================================================================
You'll arrive here during the scenes. Colette will join the party...
again. You'll wind up on the world map after a little rest, right
outside the Temple of Earth. You should also get a skit now. Before
going into the Temple, it's time to go exploring again. This time it
won't be as long.
=======================================================================
73. Exploring Tethe'alla Part II
Item: Pink Pearl Ring
Skit: Their Relationship, Top of the Class, I can't tell anyone,
Kendama Competition, Cute and Strong Ribbon, Time Does not Go Back,
Thank You for Saving Me, Zelos' Lecture, Smile and Forgive, Zelos'
Power of Observation, Mystery Behind Zelos' The Valedictorian, Lloyd
Reluctant
Skit Point: Colettex2
=======================================================================
Head back to the southeast continent around the area where you found
the rare pellets. Head northwest from the location where the pellets
once were and you'll find a skit point in the forest concerning Colette.
While flying around you might trigger a skit. On the northern continent
on the eastern side you'll find another Colette skit point. Now head
back to Mizuho to restock and rest if you'd like. You might get a skit
when you enter. When you enter the Chief's house to go rest you might
get another skit. When you go to leave the village you'll get another
skit.
Head over to Meltokio, remember you have to quick jump via the sewer to
enter. Shortly after arriving in town you should get another skit. Head
up the steps to the town's center and you should get a skit. Now head
up the steps and go right into the Noble district. You should get a
skit here. Now head into the house to the east of Zelos' and talk to
the woman in the back of the room for a scene. When you leave the house
you'll get another scene. Ask Presea what's wrong. Now head back out of
Meltokio. Along the way you should get another skit... or two.
Now head on over to Sybak. Head towards the junk dealer and you'll find
a new person there. Talk to him for a scene. You'll get a Pink Pearl
Ring. Now head over to the Academy area and speak with the researcher
standing next to the dog for a scene. When you attempt to leave the
area, you'll get another scene. Choose the first option. Now head back
to Meltokio and talk to the girl from before, Janet, for another scene.
When you try to leave you'll get another scene, go ahead and choose the
first option, you'll get another scene. Now head out of the city again.
Along the way you should trigger yet another skit.
Now it's time to get back to the main quest. Head back over to the
Temple of Earth. Along the way you might get a couple more skits.
=======================================================================
74. Temple of Earth
Item: Mythril Circlet. Mythril Guard, Mytrhil Bracelet, Bellebane, EX
Gem Lv.3, Ancient Rod, Bardiche, EX Gem Lv.2, EX Gem Lv.1, Ghost Shell,
Ruby
Skit: Ribbon
=======================================================================
Enter and walk up to the Sorcerer's Ring device to change the function.
Head along the path and you'll find some rock columns. Use the power of
the ring to make a passage. If you should happen to use the ring at a
wrong point you'll get into an encounter with cave worms. Walk forward
to the bridge and talk to Gnomelette 5, if you haven't given the
Gnomelette in the Toize Mines a Potion you won't be able to go any
furtur. Head back there and give the little guy a Mizuho Potion (or
Palma Potion if you have one) then come back to the Temple.
Now cross the bridge and head down the winding path, down to a cave.
Enter the cave and cross the bridge to find a chest. Head back to the
entrance area, and west of the bridge you'll find a sign. Just a little
south of the sign you'll find a rock formation, use the ring to knock
the rocks down and make a path. Head toward the rock column near by and
use the ring to knock it over, then collect the chest. Afterwards, head
back up a bit and take the stone bridge across to another cave. Head
down the slope and you'll find a chest. Damn... that's a lot of Mythril.
If you finish going down the path you'll come to a dead end.
Head back to the entrance area and head back to the sign post, now head
west into another cave. Head in and cross over the bridge where you'll
find another Gonmelette. When you approach him you'll get a scene.
He'll request that you make him something spicy to eat. You'll have had
to pick up the Curry recipe from Tabatha at Altessa's House. Have
someone skilled in cooking make the dish for the little smart ass. If
you prepared a decent curry then everything will be good, if not, you
might have to pay him to pass. Either way, afterwards head up the path
to the right (ignoring the other Gnomelette for a minute) and you'll
find a chest at the top.
Now head back down and approach the Gnomelette for a scene. Now at this
point you'll be doing a little back tracking if you want to collect all
the treasure chest. You see the bridge that the Gnomelette was standing
on? See how it's cracked? Well each square of the bridge (three total)
can be broken away by using the sorcerer's ring, but each one leads to
a different path, and different treasure. Don't worry about making a
mistake, you can come up and down as many times as you like. Now let's
start by standing on the first square (the rightmost one) and use the
ring. You'll find a chest containing an EX Gem Lv.3. Collect it, then
break the bridge to fall down lower. Break the next two bridges, then
you'll find yourself near a larger bridge. Avoid taking the right most
portion of the bridge, you can take either of the other two squares
down. Collect the chest here for an Ancient Rod, then take the left
square down to another level where you'll find a Bardiche. Now take the
last of the bridges to the bottom where you'll find a Dragon Monster
and the Gnomelette.
*NOTE*: This dragon is a wonderful, wonderful creature that will bestow
upon you some sweet experience, and a massive amount of Gald. 10k to be
exact, and that's without modification devices like the Sephira Statue.
The great thing about the Dragon is that you can fight it as many times
as you want, and you'll always get that stack of cash. The experience
you gain gets lower as your levels get higher, but not the cash. And
you can get several other Gald Modification Accessories in the game
that will boost the amount even more. You should never have to worry
about money... ever. There is a catch though... as you might imagine. The
beast is tough, and his HP matches his purse. That's right, 10K HP, and
he has high defense. Fighting him at this point will be like fighting a
boss, but later on it'll become easier. It's still quite manageable at
this point assuming you don't under estimate it.
Now head over to meet up with your "old friend" Gnomelette 1. After
speaking with him, enter the secret passage to return to the entrance
area. Avoid talking to Gnomelette 3 for now, and head back to the
bridges to collect the rest of the loot. This time take the last square
(the one on the far left) On the next level break down the bridge, then
on this level you'll find a chest containing an EX Gem Lv.2. Now take
the bridge down to the next section, sadly you'll drop through to
another level. Here you'll find an EX Gem Lv.1. Now take the bridges
down to the bottom and go back one last time. This time take the middle
bridge down, then the next one and cross over to collect the final item,
a Ghost Shell. Go all the way back to the bottom and return to the
entrance area.
Now then, talk to the Gnomelette. Now the Gnomelette will slowly make
his way down to the bottom of the path, your job is to run ahead of him
and make sure that no enemies get in his way. If an enemy touches him
he'll charge you money, so be careful! Don't go in the cave before him
like I did -_-. Once into the cavern talk to the little man on the
bridge for a scene. Now what you have to do is cause an earthquake with
the Gnomelette. The Gnomlette will count to 3 then jump into the air.
When the Gnomelette jumps you should use your Sorcerer's Ring to synch
up with his impact. After you do it successfully three times the bridge
will break.
Now head over to the memory circle and save, heal up, and prepare for a
boss battle. As usually you'll have to take Sheena with you, I'd also
suggest Lloyd, Genis, and Raine. Turn off Genis' Earth Magic, and when
you're ready head towards the Gnome's Seal for a scene. Man I love
Gnome ^^
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Gnome
HP: 28000
TP: 682
S: Earth
W: None
EXP: 5890
Gald: 4280
Item: Holy Symbol
Woooo Doggy! That's a lot of HP! Sheesh... I wish that was the ONLY thing
Gnome had going for him, but no, he's really fricking hard. His attacks
(especially Ground Dasher) will slaughter your party. Raine needs to be
casting healing spells at all times, while other party members are
trying to hold off this over grown... thing and using Life Bottles. If
you can summon Sylph during this battle, it will help... a lot.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the fierce battle watch a series of funny scenes. I just can't
stay mad at this guy ^^. Afterwards you'll obtain a Ruby, and Sheena
will learn T. Seal: Earth, and Summon: Earth. You're not quite finished
here yet though. Leave the Temple of Earth, you'll trigger a skit on
the way out. When you get to the exit you'll witness a scene. Now fly
over to Altessa's House (stop by Mizuho to rest and restock if you'd
like, you know the drill) Enter the house and head to the left and
you'll find the last Gnomelette!
Now head back to the Temple. Head into the secret passage and fight the
dragon again. Afterwards head to the end of the path to find the
Gnomelettes. After the short scene walk to the end of the path to find
a Blue Chest, you'll be coming back for this in a bit. Now you're done
with the Temple for now, so head back to the World Map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now we're off to Flanoir, the continent of ice and snow. It's the
continent in the northeastern part of the world map, where the base is
located. You might have explored near the city of Flanoir, and the Ice
Temple earlier if you've been following the guide. Head into the city.
=======================================================================
75. The Snowy City - Flanoir
Item: Nebilim, Nebilim's Key, Egg, Meat
Dog: Poochi, Penny
Recipe: Quiche
=======================================================================
The first building on the left is the inn, so pop in there and see
what's up. Rest and save as usual, then head back out into the cold.
Talk to the people in the center of town, and make sure that Colette
names the pooch. If you obtained the Evil Eye earlier, You'll notice a
man in red sitting on the steps nearby, talk to him for a scene. You'll
acquire Nebiliim, and Nebilim's Key. You'll now be able to open those
blue chest you've been seeing around the world. This is all part of the
Devil Arms Side Quest, as I'm sure you can imagine. I'll have a section
for that side quest up ASAP, but not to worry if you're following along
with the guide, I'll tell you where and when you can obtain them all
throughout the walkthrough.
Anyways... If you head to the right of Abyission you'll find a man with a
backpack. Talk to him for a scene. Head upstairs and you'll find people
waiting in line to get into the clinic, nothing too interesting here.
To the left you'll find a food stand, and another dog for Colette to
name. Now head left past the tree into the next area. Head up the
stairs nearby and enter the house to talk to the old man about the
Penguinist Gloves. You'll have to get three Penquinist Quills then come
back to him. The lady behind the counter here sells various different
accessories, including two very good ones, at a very steep price.
Back outside, head up the stairs to the right to get to the church. In
the back left hand corner of the room you'll spot an orange object on
top of a green pillow, upon examining it you will uncover that sneaky
Wonder Chef. This time he will teach you how to make Quiche. Head back
to the previous area and head over to the building on the left. Here
you'll find an Equipment shop and a Katz Center. For some reason the
guy won't do any customization yet, but you can still check his wares.
Luckily most of what he offered I already head (and you should too) so
it didn't take much out of my large stack of cash! Now to the left of
the shop you will find a mini gallery, containing some weird pictation
of Big Foot, and... wow Wonder Chef is bigger than ever before. Sadly
this statue won't bestow you with any recipes. And last but not least,
that loveable yellow bastard Pac-Man. Well then, with all that done,
it's time to head over to the Temple of Ice.
=======================================================================
76. Temple of Ice
Item: Defenser, Ancient Robe, Mytrhil Shield, Ice Coffin, Mytrhil
Gauntlet, Mytrhil Armor, EX Gem Lv.2, Penguinist Gloves, Celsius' Tear,
Rosemary, EX Gem Lv.3, Sapphire
Skit: Zelos' True Nature
Skit Point: Kratos
Title: Elemental Summoner (Sheena)
=======================================================================
Before heading over to the Temple, head southwest of Flanoir and you'll
find an unexpected skit point. Now head over to the Temple. Head up and
take a right and you'll find two treasure chest. Head back to the left,
and keep going left until you find another chest. Fight the enemies out
here in hopes of getting a Penguinist Feather. Now go inside the cave
and change the function of the Sorcerer's Ring at the device just next
to the entrance. Now you'll be able to freeze droplets of water
throughout the Temple.
You'll find a chest down the path a ways, and another one not far from
the last. Now head up the small ramp to the left, and then the larger
one also on the left, you'll find a chest at the top. Now head out of
the cave here. Head down to the right and you'll find droplets of water
dripping from the icicle above. Use your ring to freeze them and cross
over the gap. Head down the pass until you get to another cave opening.
Enter it and open the chest inside, then examine the Celsius' Tear on
the ledge here for a scene. Hopefully by this point you have at least
three Penguinist Feathers. So head out of the Temple and return to
Flanoir.
Head back to the Old Man in Flanoir and have him make you a pair of
Penguinist Gloves. Equip them and head back to the Temple. Now make
your way back to the Tear. Once you have the tear head back into the
main cave area and make your way to the right across an ice bridge.
Head down the path and take a right, and go up the ramp here. You'll
find a dripping icicle in the back, freeze it and push the ice cube
over and into the crevice to bridge the gap. Cross over to the overlook
for a scene. Notice the direction that statues are facing, remember it
for later.
Now head down the ramp and follow the path down to another icicle.
Freeze a drop then push the block into the nearby gap. Walk to the end
of the path and examine the lake for a scene. Now that the lake is
frozen you'll be able to slid across it. The trick is that the only way
to stop sliding is to run into an object. So follow these directions to
get across. Walk onto the ice from the gap in which you pushed the
block into. Slide up until you stop, go left, go down, go left, go up,
left, up, right, down, and left. Collect the chest here and head down
to the bottom of this little outlet. This time you want to head onto
the ice below the two rocks. Slide right, up, left, down, right, up,
right, up, and collect the chest.
Now head up the path here and you'll come to four statues. You need to
turn these statues in the direction they were facing in the lake. So
have the bottom one face right, the right one needs to be facing south,
change the top one so it faces left, and finally have the last one
facing right. When done correctly the door will open. Prepare yourself
for a Boss Fight and heal up before entering. When you're ready, head
inside and make your way towards the seal for a scene to meet my
favorite Summon Spirit, Celsius ^^.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Celsius
HP: 18000
TP: 600
S: Water, Ice
W: Fire
EXP: 5120
Gald: 5800
Item: Spirit Symbol
Boss: Fenrir
HP: 12000
TP: 300
S: Water, ice
W: Fire
EXP: 2600
Gald: 1380
Item: Blue Quartz
For some reason Celsius brings the mythical beast Fenrir into battle
with her, this makes life a little more complicated than it would be
otherwise. Still, if you have Genis laying on some serious fire magic,
and maybe get Sheena to summon Efreet and enchant the fighter's weapons
with the Fire Seal, you should be sitting pretty. Try to get rid of
Fenrir first, than focus on Celsius.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards watch a scene. Come to think of it... Efreet is pretty cool
too. Hmm, well as per usual you'll get some goodies. You'll get a
Sapphire, and Sheena will learn T. Seal: Ice, and Summon: Ice. Sheena
will also obtain the title of "Elemental Summoner". Now leave the
Temple of Ice. One the way out you'll trigger a skit. When you attempt
to leave you'll witness a rather startling scene.
=======================================================================
77. Ozette
Skit: Two Who Can't Return, Kendama and Mithos, Let's be friends,
Mithos the Hero, Secret of Ozette
=======================================================================
You'll arrive here during the scenes, watch some more surprising scenes.
After the scenes you'll get a skit. Head inside of Presea's house for a
skit. Head towards the ramp that used to lead up to the upper part of
the village for another skit. Now head towards the exit for another
skit. Outside head over to Altessa's House. Head towards the house and
you should trigger a skit. Then head towards Altessa and Tabatha for a
scene. Afterwards head inside the house and talk to Altessa for a
lengthy scene. During the scenes you'll be given a choice, go ahead and
agree. Now head back to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head over to Altamira, the island with the large city on it, just in
the middle of the two large continents on the eastern side of the world.
Land on the island and head into the city of Altamira.
=======================================================================
78. The Seaside Paradise - Altamira
Item: Employee ID
Skit: Older Sister, Otherworldly Gate
Dog: Lulu
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene, Regal will wait outside for you. Walk up
and talk to the people, the first building on the right is one of the
fanciest hotels we've seen yet, so be sure to check it out. If you stay
the night you'll get a skit. If you go to the right you'll find an
elevator (yes... this place IS that big) If you head up to the second
floor you'll find a Katz Office and some shops. The first shop on the
right is an item shop that also acts as a Customizer. The shop right
next to that is the Weapon store that sells everything you can make at
the Customizer. At this point though, you can probably afford to drop
the cash required instead of wasting items on customizing items that
can be bought at the same time. It's up to you though. And finally, the
third shop as you might imagine is the Armorer. Ride up to the next
floor and talk to the people here, the other floors are blocked off so
just head back outside.
Talk to the people here, and make sure Colette names the dog. Head up
the path next to the dog to trigger an interesting scene. Afterwards
you will obtain the Employee ID. Head back towards the Hotel and take
the stairs down to the beach, then head into the next area. Talk to the
people around the beach. The whole thing about Watermelon splitting...
it's some part of Japanese Culture, though I don't know much else about
it. Just thought I'd share that with you. Anyways, head back towards
where the dog is sitting and take the bridge left to get to the
Elemental Railway. The Elemental Railway will either take you to the
Lezareno Company or the Amusement Park, as tempting as the later might
be, pick Lezareno for now.
Head toward the elevators in here for a scene. You're heading for the
Sky Terrace, but feel free to explore elsewhere. When you reach the Sky
Terrace enter the garden area in the middle for a sad scene. When you
go back down you'll see a scene. Now take the railway back. If you'd
like to explore the Amusement park go ahead. When you arrive you should
get a skit. Now you can ride the rides! Head up the steps to the Ferris
Wheel and you can ride around... woo. Head to the left and you can spin
in the tea cups. I used to love these things ^^... wee. That's it, so
head back to the first area.
If you head back to the inn and stay the night you'll get another skit.
Now head to the exit and Regal will rejoin your party.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Past Wounds, What Sheena Gave
=======================================================================
Get on your Rhearids, but before heading over to the Otherworldly gate
head back to Flanoir. And go into the inn, head upstairs for a skit.
Stay the night at the inn for another skit. Now head back outside and
head right to the man with the backpack. If you haven't already given
him some of the Celsius Tear, do so now. You'll get 5000 Gald in return.
Not Bad! Now you're done here so head back outside and make your way to
the gate. The gate is on a small island at the northeastern tip of the
large continent in the south. You'll see a bunch of rocks marking the
Gate itself, so land and enter.
=======================================================================
79. Otherworldly Gate
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a scene. You'll get in a battle. After the easy
battle watch some more scenes.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Aska...Fascinating...
=======================================================================
Phew... good to be back home, and Raine is back in the party, so all is
well. You'll find yourself outside of Palmacosta and you'll trigger a
skit. So check that out then enter the Port City.
=======================================================================
80. Palmacosta
Item: Mithos' Panpipe
Skit: What Raine Wants
=======================================================================
Talk to the people here to see what's been up while you were away, then
head into the inn and stay a night for a skit. Don't forget to have
Zelos talk to all the ladies in Sylvarant as well! Whenever you're
ready to move on, head over to Neil's Crib and have a chat with him.
During the scene Mithos will give Genis his Panpipe. You're done here
for now, so head back out to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Human Ranch Rebuilt
=======================================================================
When you're outside you'll get a skit. Now that you're back in the
world of Sylvarant with the power of the Rheairds, it's time to do some
exploring. So...
=======================================================================
81. Exploring Sylvarant Part I
Item: All-Divide, Energy Tablets, Red Sage
Skit: Again on a Journey of Regeneration. Noishe and Mithos, She's a
walking Bomb, Traitors, What Colette Wants, Reagl's Suggestion, Lloyd's
Suggestion, I...I...I...I
Skit Point: Sheenax2, Zelos, Regalx2, Preseax2
Dog: Lucky
=======================================================================
Start by heading up the road that leads north from Palmacosta until you
get to a bridge. Cross the bridge and head east towards the mountains
until you find a skit point for Sheena. After getting that skit point
take off on the Rheairds, you should get a skit. Now head south of that
skit point to a small island to find a treasure containing an All-
Divide and a skit point for Mr.Zelos. Now fly over to a little island
in the southeastern part of the world. This island is the home of the
Thoda Geyser that we've been to before. You'll find a skit point
involving Regal here. Now fly over to a funky heart shaped island to
the west of Palmacosta. Along the way you should trigger a skit. On
this island you will find a skit point featuring Presea.
Now make your way over to the Desert region of Triet and up to the
first house of salvation. If you fly west from the house behind some
mountains you'll find another skit point for Presea. Now if you head
all the way north you'll find a new continent in the northwest corner
of the world map. Land around the lower left portion of the continent
to find another skit point of Regal's. To the north of the skit point
you'll find a map marker stone in between some mountains. Head west
along the continent and a little over half way you'll find a chest that
bestows an Energy Tablet for you. At the very west tip of the continent
you'll find the Katz' Village. You can check it out now if you'd like
but I'll cover it later.
Now head to the largest continent in Sylvarant and located the Tower of
Salvation. To the southwest of the tower near the ocean you'll find a
chest containing some Red Sage. To the east of the chest you'll find
another skit point with Sheena. Now on the little strip of land that
jets out from the main continent you'll find a beach with a skit point
for Genis on it. This is located just to the west of the little island
next to Palmacosta's Region.
Well that's about it for exploring for now. Head back anywhere you'd
like if you missed anything before, like naming dogs *grumble*. Make
sure to visit all the cities you've been to before and have Zelos talk
to all the women. Stop by the fortune teller in Triet and check out
your relationship status. Donate as much as you possibly can to rebuild
Luin! Oh you also might want to head over to the Balacruf Mausoleum and
meet up with some old 'friends'. When you leave the Mausoleum you might
get a skit. If you try to enter Iselia you'll still be rejected, you
might get a skit when you get kicked out though. If you stay at the inn
in Triet you should get more scenes from the continuing Genis series.
Head over to Izoold to talk to the chickies here and stay at the inn
for another Genis Skit. Don't forget to visit all the Houses of
Salvation, including the Thoda Island Boat Dock, and the Geyser itself
to talk to all the women. If you head into the Hakonesia Peak and talk
to the old man Koton you'll get a scene about the Collection Book. More
on this in the Side Quest Section. If you stay at one of the inns in
Asgard you'll get another of the Genis Skits. If you head into the item
shop you should get the last scene of The Genis Gift events. Cute ^^.
Now you can head over to Luin and make some donations. I made up to the
sixth donation and was able to talk to a few more ladies, and a dog for
Colette to name. If you can donate this much, or more do so. Just keep
some cash for upgrading and restocking, you still have plenty of time
to help rebuild Luin. Well that about wraps it up for part one of this
exploration, so let's get back on track.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head back over to Hakonesia Peak (Palmacosta Side) to find Nova's
Caravan nearby. You can enter and talk to Nova to get the memo about
Aska again if you want. Otherwise head for the ruins of the Palmacost
Human Ranch. When you enter watch a scene. After the startling turn of
events, talk to Botta to go to the Remote Island Ranch.
=======================================================================
82. The Remote Island Human Ranch
Item: Stone Charm, Holy Staff, Vajra, EX Gem Lv.2x2, Saffron, EX Gem
Lv.1, Holy Cloak, EX Gem Lv.3x2, Minazuki, EX Gem Lv.4, Mythril Axe,
Mythril Greaves, Revive Ring
Skit: Remote Island Human Ranch
=======================================================================
Watch a scene, then make your way up the hallway. In this next area the
path splits off into three directions. You can't take the left or the
right paths, so head down the middle one. In the next area you have to
walk a particular path to proceed. Step out onto the first panel and go
right, right, up, up, left, left, down, down, down, down, right, right,
up. Cross over until you get to the next section of floor panels. Walk
out onto the first panel, then go down, down, right, down, down, right,
right, up, up, left, left, up, up, up, up, right, right, down, down,
right, right, down, down, left, left, up, up, left, left, left. Phew.
Now make your way right and head into the next area. In this area
you'll find the Sorcerer's Ring device and an elevator. Change the
function of the ring, then ride the elevator up to the next level. Exit
out into the prison area and go around the room hitting the four
switches to unlock all the cell doors. While doing so check for three
different treasure chest, each hidden behind a pillar on the outer
portion of the room. When you release the cell doors watch a scene then
enter the elevator and go up another level.
In this room use the Sorcerer's Ring to summon a moving platform. The
platform will move along the light tracks in the direction indicated by
the yellow light on the platform. You can change the light by using the
ring. You want to avoid the little blue sparks along the path or you
will suffer damage. And you want to hit the orange teleporters that
beam up to get to the top level. If you hit a dead end, or a teleporter
beaming down you'll go down a level. If can be a little frustrating,
but it shouldn't be hard to figure out.
Head through the room into the next area, a multi level room that uses
different color teleporters to move around. The color indicates the
destination you'll end up at, and to change the color you use the
ring's power. Start by changing the first warp to red. Ride it up and
open the chest on this level. Head back into the red warp, and take it
back to start. Now change the warp's color to green and ride it to
another area. Open the chest here then head back through the warp. Now
change the color to blue and warp to the next area, then head to the
right and change the warp here to red. Take the red warp to a control
panel to release lock 2. Head back to the previous room and change the
white warp here to blue, take that warp to another white warp you want
to change red this time, head through THAT warp to get another chest.
Head back to the previous room and change the warp here to green and
ride it up to a room with a staircase. You'll find a chest behind the
staircase. Now head up the stairs and change the warp ring at the top
to blue. Head left to claim another chest then warp back to the
previous room. Change the warp here to green to enter the next room.
Under the stairs you'll find a chest, after collecting the loot head up
the steps and over to get to another switch. Warp back again. This time
change the warp to red, here you'll find two chest under the stairs, so
collect them. Now head up the steps and change the warp to blue to head
up to the level above.
Again, head under the stairs here and get another chest. Then head back
and actually climb up the steps. Climb the steps all the way to the top
to unlock the last lock. Afterwards you should get a skit. Now head
back downstairs to the white warp and change it to red, go through to
find another chest. Now head back and change the warp to blue. In here
you'll find a chest under the stairs, and one up the stairs. Now go all
the way up the stairs here and change the warp up here to red. Ride it
up to an area containing a memory circle. Make sure to save your game
and heal up, you have a difficult couple bosses coming up back to back!
When you're ready head through the door and take the elevator up and
into the next room for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Rodyle
HP: 35000
TP: 500
S: Earth
W: None
EXP: 6240
Gald: 5800
Item: None
Wow... quite the makeover for Rodyle. Regardless... I've been wanting to
rip into this guy for a while, and after that last scene, I'm sure you
do too. So let's get to it! This guy can do some pretty heavy damage,
so you'll want Raine here keeping everyone alive. I had three melee
fighters with me beating the crap out of Rodyle while Raine made sure
everyone had enough HP to withstand this Beasts' Wicked attacks. Just
keep at it and you'll take him down. Make sure to cook a meal after the
battle!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll get a rather sad scene. Afterwards you'll get
into a battle with three baby dragons similar to those you fought at
the nest before. Except they only have 8000 HP. But there's three of
them like I said, so don't take this lightly. This battle is only made
harder by the fact that it follows directly after the fight with Rodyle.
After the battle you'll get another series of scenes.
=======================================================================
83. Palmacosta
Skit: My Exsphere, What is Best, Don't Betray Me, You're Not Alone
=======================================================================
After the scenes you'll be back here, just outside of Neil's place. You
should trigger a skit. Cross the bridge back over towards the inn and
the exit of town and you'll get another skit. Enter the inn to get
another skit. If you stay the night then in the morning you should
trigger another skit. Now you're done here so make your way to the exit.
You'll have to go to Sylvarant Base now, so go ahead.
=======================================================================
84. Sylvarant Base
Skit: To Altamira
=======================================================================
You'll arrive and watch a series of scenes. Afterwards you'll be able
to use the Rheaird's Dimensional Transfer Capability to travel between
the worlds. You'll view more scenes. When you're back in control you'll
be told to head to Altamira. First it's time to head back to Sylvarant
and explore some more. So leave Altessa's House and get on the Rheairds.
On your way out you should trigger a skit. Fly over to the Tethe'alla
base and you can transfer to the Sylvarant Base.
=======================================================================
85. Exploring Sylvarant Part II
Item: Soul Eater
Skit: Luin Rebuilt 1
Title: Midlife Crisis (Lloyd)
=======================================================================
While flying around you should trigger a skit. Now make your way over
to Izoold and enter. If you try to head down to the beach you'll get a
scene. Choose the first option to step in. You don't get much in return
for finally saving the poor lady, well other than the fact that you did
the right thing! Now jet on over to Triet... hmm, when you land you might
notice a skit point to the west. If you step on it though you will get
in a tough encounter with the rumored Sand Worm that's been terrorizing
these parts. This guy is pretty tough, but you should be able to take
him. If you have Genis in the party casting water magic it will RAPE
him. Once the battle is finished you'll get a scene in which you get
another one of the Devil Arms.
Now head back over to Triet and into the town for one of the most
annoying mini games in the entire game. You'll find a new person
standing in front of the wanted poster... talk to him to begin the
nightmare...
----------------------- Mini-Game: The Uncle Game ---------------------
Basically, this is a memory game. You will see a series of men walk
towards you, and they will each be numbered. After you view the men you
have to pick them out of the crowd in the order they were numbered.
This goes on for several rounds, and you have to complete it flawlessly
to get any sort of a reward. When you complete the game you will get
1980 Gald. Well... 5 Rounds, that wasn't so bad? No... but to get the real
prize... a new title for Lloyd, you have to identify 100... yes... 100 Men.
UHG!!! It'll become easier as you see all of the men and you will be
able to come up with your own nick names for them and run them through
your mind before picking them out. You should unlock High Speed mode at
some point. If you're confident with your abilities you can play this
more difficult version of the Uncle Game. If you can manage it, things
will go by a little quicker. Once you've identified 100 Men, you'll
have to beat the game again to get the real prize of this whole ordeal.
A new title for Lloyd "Midlife Crisis" To hell with the Uncle Game,
we're outta here.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now that you're done in Triet, head over to Luin before going back to
Tethe'alla. Make any donations you can. I was only able to make one
more donation since last time. But every bit counts! When you're done
in Luin head on over to Hima. When you enter you'll get a short scene.
Now it's time to head back to Tethe'alla.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Before heading to Altamira, fly over to Fooji Mountain and enter.
You're gonna have to climb all the way up to the summit again... yeah,
yeah, I know. Here you'll find Yuan, talk to him for a scene. When
you're done here, make your way back down the mountain, then head off
to Altamira.
=======================================================================
86. Altamira
Item: Pasta, Onion, Tomato
Skit: Avenged
Recipe: Spaghetti
Dog: Kenny
Title: El Presidente, President's Job
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll get a short scene. Head over to the Elemental
Railway and ride it to the Lezareno Company. When you enter there will
be a series of sad and startling scenes. When given the chance you can
pick either option I suppose, but I went with the first. Genis will ask
how Presea feels anyway. Afterward Regal will get a new title. Before
long you should trigger a skit. Now take the Elemental Railway back to
the entrance of town and you'll trigger a skit. Now head over to the
hotel and stay the night, the clerk will ask if you'll be going out at
night. Agree and you'll be able to explore Altamria at night! At night
you can explore the fourth and fifth floors of the hotel, as well as go
to two new areas of the city.
Start by going up to the fourth floor of the hotel. Examine the pumpkin
next to the stairs to summon that whacky Wonder Chef. This time he's
going to teach you how to make Spaghetti. If you go to the Fifth Floor
and enter the massive suite room and examine the bed you'll be able to
crash and it'll be day again. Let's finish exploring first. Now head
over to the Elemental Railway and travel to the Casino and Theater area.
In front of the casino don't miss another dog for Colette to name. You
can enter the casino and talk to people, but sadly that's about it.
Hmph. Head back outside and cross the bridge towards the Theater area,
and talk to the people here. There's nothing left to do now, so head
back to the inn and sleep at the Suite.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Fly to the Fooji Mountains then fly south until you see a building on
top of a mountain. Land on the ground next to the mountain and enter
the cave here to enter the Temple of Darkness for a scene. After the
scene you'll have to leave the Temple and head on over to Meltokio.
=======================================================================
87. Meltokio
Item: Blue Candle
=======================================================================
You'll have to take the stupid sewers like always. When you reach the
other side you'll get a scene. Now make your way towards the Research
Laboratory for an unexpected encounter! Afterwards enter the Laboratory
for a scene. Now you'll have to go to the Coliseum and enter some
matches, so make sure you stock up and supplies and rest and save. Now
enter the Coliseum and talk to the lady behind the desk to enter. If
you enter with anyone besides Presea or Zelos it will cost you 10000
Gald, if you enter with Presea it'll be 5000, and Zelos for free. So
hopefully you can go with Zelos. You'll also get a hilarious scene for
entering Zelos ^^.
Now you'll have control of whoever you chose. (Man, not having Lloyd's
Personal EX Skill is a REAL bummer ><) talk to everyone here
(especially the girls if you're Zelos). Talk to the guard at the gate
when you're ready. The fight isn't too hard, though don't be tempted by
going after the Sorceress' you'll get blocked into a corner and it'll
be the death of you. It might be a little rough but you can manage. If
not, just use Lloyd and rape these fools. After the bout enter the door
on the right in the waiting room and pass into the prison area for a
scene. During which you'll get the Blue Candle, which will light the
dark in the Temple of Darkness... huh... haven't I used a Blue Candle like
this for the same purpose before? Ahem. Now go ahead and leave Meltokio.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: The Life She Chose
=======================================================================
When you're back on the map you should get a skit. Now head back over
to the Temple of Darkness and enter.
=======================================================================
88. The Temple of Darkness
Item: EX Gem Lv.2x2, Headband, EX Gem Lv.3, Shadow Dancer, EX Gem Lv.4,
Amethyst
Skit: Another Side of Lloyd, Darkness Beam, When the Worlds Split Apart
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll see a scene in which the group uses the Blue
Candle. Afterwards head a long the path, skipping the bridge for the
moment and going up to a chest that's tucked behind a pillar. Grab it
then head back to the bridge. Cross the bridge and head down the ramp
into the lower area, here go right and examine the small shadow for a
scene. Now your objective should become clear for completing this
dungeon. Now leave the room the way you came, then return and touch the
shadow to activate it. Now it'll start following you. If you should
walk into the light, get too far ahead, or get into an encounter it
will be deactivated and you'll have to touch it again.
Now enter the door on the right, leaving the shadow behind for now.
Head down the stairs to the left until you can examine an object on the
wall. Lloyd will go into a little hole by himself, on the other side
you'll be able to change the function of the Sorcerer's Ring. Now
you'll be able to shoot little shadow balls at the statues throughout
the area, when you do this you'll be able to push or pull blocks to
interact with another block at a different point. This will be key in
navigating the dungeon. Now head back out and continue down the steps.
At the bottom search under the stairs for another chest. Now head all
the way back up to the top level and go to the statue you moved by the
entrance. Push the statue all the way into the wall, then return to the
stairs and head down to the bottom.
Enter the door at the bottom of the stairs into the next area. Head up
the stairs to the left and you'll find a memory circle here, use it if
you'd like. Head up the ramp to the right and fight the enemy near the
top to get a memory gem. Now head to the right and you'll find a chest
hidden away. After grabbing that, head all the way left, past a light,
and down the ramp, then head right along the narrow passage. At the end
you'll find a small shadow, touch it to have it follow you back across.
Head up the ramp and when you get to the light use your shadow ring to
turn it off, then the shadow will be able to pass. Now run the shadow
down to the memory circle and he'll wait here for you to gather his
buddies.
Head back up the ramp to the middle level then head left until you get
to another statue, this one has blue eyes. Use the ring on it, then
push it all the way in, now return to the upper area again. Take the
newly bridge gap across to find a chest and another shadow. Take the
shadow with you back across the gap, then head down the stairs again.
Enter the Sorcerer's Ring Area again, activate the statue here and pull
it out again, then return to the stairs and head back to the upper
level. Grab the shadows here and lead them left, put out the light
along the way. Lead the two shadows down some stairs to meet with
another shadow, and activate the green eyed statue here. Pull the
statue out, now head back up the steps and lead the shadows down to the
bottom of the room to join their brother. On the way down you might get
a skit.
Now head back up the ramp and return to the area with the two statues.
This time activate the one on the left and push it in, this will drop a
block with a shadow on it. Now activate the green statue again and pull
it out. Head down the stairs, and take a left down to where the shadow
is. Now pull the block out, and push it to the right, then up into the
wall, the shadow will get off the block. Head up the stairs then down
to meet with the shadow, now escort him to meet up with his amigos. Now
that you've got them all together, take them down the ramp into the
bottom area.
Now take the shadows left down the stairs, then head straight north
along the path down some more stairs. When you get to the intersection
take the south path down and to the right to find a chest. Head back to
the intersection and take the right path to find another chest. Finally
head back to the intersection and take the north path then head left
down the stairs, then south down some more stairs. Now head right down
some more stairs... and south down some more, and at the bottom you'll
find a sealed memory circle. Unseal it, save, and heal up, you've got a
boss fight coming up. A Summon Spirit boss fight in fact, so you're
going to want to take along the usual party of Lloyd, Sheena, and Raine.
This time throw Colette in the mix, her light attacks will be very
useful in the battle.
Now head west down the longest set of stairs yet, then north down
another set of stairs, sheesh, at the bottom you'll finally reach the
Seal Room for a scene. Shadow is by far the coolest summon spirit in my
opinion. No, Celsius is still my favorite, but this dude is just way
too cool to ignore.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Shadow
HP: 30000
TP: 800
S: Dark
W: None
EXP: 6320
Gald: 4500
Item: Dark Seal
Shadow has some devastating Area of Effect spells, so try to avoid them
at all cost. Even worse would be his gattling gun of punches he throws
your way, they cause massive damage to a non-defended character. Shadow
can haul ass across the field to your casters, so always stay on the
move. Also, most of Lloyd's Techs will do minimal to no damage, it'd be
best to use normal attacks and rely heavely on Colette's light magic.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Sheena does have a point... Shadow's not
much of a talker ^_^. You'll get an Amethyst, and Sheena will learn T.
Seal: Darkness, and Summon: Darkness. Now it's time to leave this place.
When you return to the main area you'll get a skit. Back in the first
stair room you'll get another skit.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Shameful Knowledge
=======================================================================
When you arrive back outside into the sunlight at long last, you should
trigger a skit. Now it's time to wrap up some unfinished business in
both worlds. But before we get started, you might want to head to
Mizuho and stock up/rest. Whenever you're ready...
=======================================================================
89. Loose Ends Part I
Item: Gates of Hell, Yasakani Jewel, Fafnir, Disaster
Skit: Elite from the Underworld Returns, Where Shall We Live? Sylvarant
Team
=======================================================================
First let's head back to the Temple of Earth. Head up and enter the
secret passage to get to the area with the dragon, fight it once to get
by, though while you're here you might want to fight it several times
to grab donation money for Luin. Head to the end of the path and open
the Blue Chest from earlier to get another one of the Devil Arms.
That's it for the Temple of Earth.
Now head back to Mizuho and stock up/stay the night if you'd like. When
you're ready enter the Gaoracchia Forest. Now head north into the area
with the memory circle, head north again then west to find the Sword
Dancer. If you haven't beaten him before this is your last chance to do
it in the Gaoracchia Forest. You should be ready to fight him with
little enough trouble. This time the Sword Dance has 30000 HP, and his
attacks are as powerful as ever. You might want to bring Colette into
this battle because the Sword Dancer is weak to Light Attacks. He also
has some powerful magic spells so watch out for those as well. This
time your reward is the Yasakani Jewel. Directly following the battle a
skit will occur. Head back to the right and up and you'll find a blue
chest (if it's covered in vines still, you'll have to find the
Sorcerer's Ring device to burn them away) open it for another Devil Arm
and exit the forest. This time Abyssion might come along for a short
conversation. When given the choice choose what you want, I went with
the second option myself.
Now head over to Altamira and head to the Theater area at night. On the
bridge from the casino to the theater you'll encounter a person. Talk
to him for a scene, and he'll sell you a Kendema for 1000 Gald. It
turns out to be another Devil's Arm! Abyssion will show up again for
another short chat. Now head back to the Hotel and crash for the night.
Now it's time to head back to Sylvarant, so head to the Tethe'alla base
and warp. Make your way to Luin to make some donations if you can spare
the coin. Upon exiting Luin after making a donation of 40k I got a skit.
If you get up to the Tenth Donation and enter the part of town with the
Item Shop you'll find the Imposters once again! That about wraps
everything up, so when you're finished in Luin and everywhere else,
it's time to move on.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Memories of Corrine
=======================================================================
Fly towards the Sylvarant Base, then fly Northeast towards a small
valley with a single tree in the center. When you get near you should
trigger a skit. Now Land and enter the tree.
=======================================================================
90. Linkite Tree
Item: Linkite Ocarina
=======================================================================
Enter and make your way towards the tree, examine it for a scene. Now
you'll have to go find Nova, so leave the tree and get on your Rheairds.
Nova is still parked at the entrance to Hakonesia Peak on the
Palmacosta side, so land there and enter his caravan. Talk to Nova to
go over all the information you've heard before about the Linkite Tree.
There will be a scene after you've gone over the memo again. Now leave
the caravan and head back to the tree. Examine the tree again for a
scene. You'll get the Linkite Ocarina afterwards. Go ahead and leave
the tree now.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Where Shall we Live? Tethe'alla Team
=======================================================================
When you get outside you should get a skit. Now before you go tearing
off to the Tower of Mana to form the last pact, head back to Tethe'alla
to complete a little sub event. When you're back in Tethe'alla make
your way to Altessa's House. Go inside the house and talk to Mithos for
a scene, afterwards examine the red exosphere on the table for a series
of scenes. You'll end up in the Toize Mine after the scenes, without
Zelos. Hopefully you remember your way around the mine and how it
functions, if not check the Toize Mine section for a recap.
Head back to the area where you found the Exsphere for Presea. Don't
worry, you don't need to hit any switches (aside from the one in the
second area to start up the gondola) or change the function of the ring,
just go to the area. When you arrive head across the bridge for a scene.
After the scenes it's time to get back to work, so head back to
Sylvarant and make your way to the Tower of Mana.
=======================================================================
91. Tower of Mana
Item: Topaz
Skit: For Lazy People
=======================================================================
Enter the tower and make your way all the way up to the seal. On the
way up you might get a skit. Haha, good point Lloyd. Before going
towards the seal room, make sure to save and prep yourself for a boss
fight. When you get to the seal room you'll encounter some old friends.
Watch a couple scenes then you'll get into a boss battle.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Aska
HP: 19650
TP: 600
S: Meh... Everything except Dark
W: None
EXP: 3480
Gald: 2800
Item: Rare Pellet
Boss: Luna
HP: 18000
TP: 720
S: Light
W: None
EXP: 3250
Gald: 4800
Item: Moonstone
Having to fight both of these Summon Spirits at once can be a pain,
though Luna isn't very difficult, although she can rack up some nice
damage, she'll usually only cast Photon throughout the entire battle,
where as Aska is much more of a threat. If it's possible, have Lloyd go
head to head with Aska while the rest of the part either heals him or
deals with Luna. Whichever one drops first, have everyone switch to the
other.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll get a scene, and receive a Topaz. Sheena will
also learn S. Seal: Light, and Summon: Light. Watch a CG scene after
claiming your rewards. Uh Oh... You'll see a long series of scenes.
Afterwards Kratos will rejoin the party, and obtain the title of
"Traitor". You'll see some more scenes afterwards.
=======================================================================
92. Iselia Human Ranch
Item: Lovely Mittens, Muramasa, Cor Leonis, Solar Spinner, Rune Robe,
Aqua Greaves, Rune Shield, Rune Mail, Rune Guard, Hairpin, Rune
Gauntlet, Rune Cloak, Rune Circlet, War Hammer
Skit: Enemies
=======================================================================
Well, Well... things are certainly getting interesting. You'll notice
that Kratos has taken Sheena's place in the part for now, I suggest you
use him. Kratos comes with some sweet equipment and he's on the verge
of learning some really wicked tech attacks. Anyways... you should get a
skit right off the bat.
Now, walk through the gate and head down the stairs on the right to
enter the Ranch. Inside you'll find a save point and a Sorcerer's Ring
Device. Save if you'd like then examine the device for a scene. The
ring will now shoot out mana light, which absorbs your own mana, so
keep an eye on it throughout the dungeon. Head up the path, and avoid
the sliding red cylinder lest you want to take damage. When you enter
the next area you'll get a scene. Now you'll have to pick teams again,
keep in mind that the Reactor Team (Lloyd's Team) will be fighting the
boss of this area, while the rescue team will... do nothing. So just pick
you're best characters to go with you. You should at least include
Raine, and I'd definitely recommend Kratos.
Once you've picked your teams you can examine the blue circles in the
room to rest or buy supplies. Don't miss the chest next to the control
panel in the south part of the room. Now head up north until you get to
an intersection. On both sides you'll will find a trove of treasure
chest containing new weapons for all your part members, sweet! Now head
back to the control room where you picked your parties.
Now use the ring to activate the two orbs by the door to the left. Head
through the corridor to the left and avoid the laser cylinders. At the
end you'll get a scene. The rescue team will leave the group now. Head
downstairs and enter the hall on the right, cautiously make your way by
the cylinders. At the end of the hall you'll find a treasure. Now head
up the stairs to the left and you'll find that the path splits off in
several directions. Start by heading to the left and opening the door
with the ring, you'll find three more chest in here!
Next make your way up the middle path and unlock the door here to find
three more chest. Head to the right and down the first set of stairs
you see, avoid the laser traps as you make your way south. Unlock the
room at the end of the hall for even more treasure. Head back up the
stairs, then head down another set of stairs to the north and head east
then south until you find a sealed memory circle. Enter the door here
to find a chest and an enemy with a memory gem. Activate the Elevator
device here, but it won't really be useful just yet.
Now head back to the previous room and unseal the memory circle, now
head north avoiding the crazy traps and you'll find a warp, prepare
yourself for a boss battle and step onto the warp.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Forcystus
HP: 20000
TP: 400
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 7100
Gald: 5800
Item: Faerie Ring
Boss: Exbone x2
HP: 6000
TP: 320
S: Wind
W: None
EXP: 0
Gald: 0
Item: None
This battle can be annoying, you want to take out the two flying
enemies first, but all the while Forcystus will be pounding the crap
out of everyone. Once you get rid of the two Exbones the battle will
become easier, but Forcystus can still dish out some sick damage, and
he also has a lot of defense, so be ready for a fairly long bout.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch a pretty stupid death scene afterwards =p. Make your way back out
and down to the Elevator Device, use it to return to the upper levels
and exit the ranch. When you get back outside watch an amazing scene
o.o. Now you'll see another sweet CG scene. Follow by an ever cooler
scene. And then the best CG Scene yet, Weeee!!! Now you'll see some
more scenes.
Finally! We have reached the end of Disc I, so pop in that second Disc
and let's get this show back on the road!
=======================================================================
B. Disc 2 - DSK2
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
93. Iselia
Item: Miso, Kelp, Egg
Skit: Small First Step, Is it my fault?, The Cursed Sword of Nebilim,
The Desian Hero, Is it a Punishment?
Recipe: Miso Stew
Dog: Bunz
=======================================================================
Oddly enough, you start the second disc in the same place you started
the first. Ah well... you'll watch some scenes before you gain control
again. Once you do you can go around the village and talk to people, to
advance the story head over in front of the school house for a scene.
If you want to explore the village a bit first, just ignore it for now.
When you're ready, head over and watch the scene. Now head down to the
ruins of Genis and Raine's house to find Raine for a scene. Shortly
afterwards you might trigger a skit.
If you run around the village some more you might trigger another skit.
Just avoid getting close to the south gate for now if you want the skit.
When you're ready to move on head to the south gate to meet up with
Colette, after a scene you'll be brought to Dirk's House. When you
arrive you should get a skit (if you've been doing the Devil Arms Side
Quest anyways...) When you walk towards the house you will automatically
trigger another skit. Head towards the house for a scene.
After the scenes have concluded you can go area the area of Dirk's
Property and talk with all your party members. Avoid the balcony
outside of Lloyd's room for last. When you're done talking to everyone
(Sheena gets the shaft here =\) head up to the balcony and talk to
Colette to move on. When you're in control again, head for the exit and
you should get a skit. Before leaving return to Lloyd's room and
examine the object by his bed to summon fourth thy Wonder Chef. This
time he'll teach you how to make Miso Stew! Now leave Dirk's House.
Head back over to Iselia and have Zelos as your on screen character and
talk to all the ladies in the village, you can also talk to everyone in
the village and see what they have to say. One of the women in the
village is working in the grape vines, to get to the grape vines, just
head behind the item shop Halo. Finally, don't forget to have Colette
name the Dog outside of the Ruins of Raine's House. Now that should be
it for Sylvarant right now, if for some reason you have come across
large sums of money feel free to head over to Luin and pitch in on the
construction fund. You can also fly by the ruins of Palmacost, but you
can't enter. When you're ready head to the base and warp back to
Tethe'alla.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Chosen's Sickness
=======================================================================
Start by heading to Altessa's House, enter the house for a scene. Now
leave and head over to Sybak. Enter the Library to the north of the
city's center for a scene. When given the choice go with whatever
option. Zelos seems to be on to something... you may have noticed the guy
is smarter than you'd think at a glance. Something interesting to keep
in mind none the less. Run around Sybak for a bit and you should
trigger a skit, afterwards leave the city. Now fly over to Meltokio and
enter the sewers as per usual.
=======================================================================
94. Melotkio
Item: King's Letter
Skit: Fifteen Years From Now, End of Revenge, Zelos' Hormones, A Fine
Chosen
Title: Spiritua Reborn (Colette)
=======================================================================
Along the way you should trigger a skit. When you exit the sewer you'll
get a scene. Afterwards you should get a skit. Then exit the sewers and
head for the Church of Martel. Head inside and enter the door on the
left for a series of scenes. Haha... very clever Zelos. During the scenes
Colette will get the title of "Spiritua Reborn". After the scenes head
around the Castle and have Zelos talk with all the ladies. When you're
ready, head to the right most wing of the castle to find a memory
circle and the Royal Library. Enter the Library for more scenes.
When you're ready head to the Throne Room on the bottom level and speak
with Princess Hilda for a scene. You'll get the King's Letter. After
that you can leave the Castle. The ban on Zelos and the party will be
lifted now, so no more shifting through sewage to enter the city, yay!
If you head right into the Nobel's District you might trigger a funny
skit. Now if you stay at the inn you should get another skit. When
you're done in Meltokio head back to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
You're next destination is Altamira. But first you can do a little side
quest. You may have noticed the floating city of Exire during your
exploration of Tethe'alla. It moves from three different locations in
the skies of Tethe'alla. Find it and attempt to land on it to enter.
=======================================================================
95. The City in The Sky - Exire
Item: Fruit, Egg, Milk, Virginia's Diary
Dog: Simon, Chuchu
Recipe: Shortcake
=======================================================================
Make your way up the path talking to people along the way. There's a
dog for Colette to name along the way. Make sure to have Zelos talk to
the women in this city in the sky. Enter the first house that you come
across that you actually CAN enter and talk with the Village Elder for
a scene. Head across the sky bridge to the next area and enter the
multi-story building to descend to lower levels. You'll find the Katz
team on the top level.
On the next level examine the model Rheaird (at least that's what I
*think* it is) to summon the Wonder Chef. Wonder Chef makes an
appearance up in the Clouds to teach your party how to prepare some
Shortcake. Exit the building and you'll find a dog in the area that's
up the stairs. When you head up the stairs to the last area of this
city you'll get a short scene. Now head inside the house for a
surprising scene. After the scenes head back to the Elder's House to
get Virginia's Diary and watch a scene.
If you return to Virginia's House you'll get a scene. There's nothing
left to do in this depressing city, so head to one of the exits and
return to the world map.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Mother
=======================================================================
You'll get a skit right away. Now head over to Altamira.
=======================================================================
96. Altamira
Title: Eternal Sinner (Regal)
=======================================================================
Note: Apparently there is an event that is supposed to happen near the
Gravestone in the first section of town involving Presea and a new
title. For some reason I missed the first event of this sequence, so it
would seem that I'm out of luck and won't be able to get this scene or
title until I play through the game again. I'll try to add that as soon
as possible.
Head over the bridge to the Elemental Railway for a scene (you'll only
get this scene if you bought the ring from the guy near the junk dealer
in Sybak) make sure that you choose the second option when given the
chance if you want to complete this little side quest, and don't
accidentally click on the first option like me, and have to do the
entire Exire events over again because I forgot to save afterwards for
reasons unknown...uhhhg. Ahem... She'll give you 5000 Gald to give to
Joshua back in Sybak. We'll take care of that soon enough, for now keep
going.
Tale the Elemental Railway to the Lezareno Company and head to the
President's Office. Talk to George for a scene. Talk to George again
afterwards to get a new title for Regal "Eternal Sinner". Now head down
to the second floor for a scene. After the interesting scene you're off
to Sybak.
=======================================================================
97. Sybak
Item: Zircon
=======================================================================
First head up towards the junk dealer for a scene. Joshua won't take
the 5000 Gald, and so the event drags on once more. If you remember,
Rosa said she'd be at her house in Meltokio. So we'll be heading back
there shortly. Now head over to the Research Academy for a scene. Head
into the left hall and enter the first door to find the Zircon you're
looking for.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Now head over to Meltokio and head for the Nobel District. If you head
west towards Zelos' house you'll encounter Rosa again. Afterwards head
back to Sybak and talk to Joshua again. Choose the first option when
given the chance. Now you've done all you can for the couple for the
time being, so let's get back on track. Head over to Mizuho, you've got
a date with Kuchinawa. Make sure to SAVE before entering the Village.
=======================================================================
98. Mizuho
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll get a scene. After the scene the party will
consist of Sheena and Lloyd. You can go around the village and talk to
your other party members if you'd like. Talk to Orochi when you're
ready for the duel. Prepare yourself for one of if not the hardest
battles in the game.
Why is this battle so hard? For one, it's Sheena VS Kuchinawa in a one
on one brawl. Kuchinawa would probably be hard against FOUR party
members let alone one. For two, the worse reason is that you CAN'T use
items. So you're going to need to pull out all the stops, and hope to
god you can pull off a summon during the battle. You don't HAVE to win
the battle, you'll get Corrine's Bell back if you lose and the game
will go on, but if you win you'll get an awesome weapon for Sheena and
an extra scene. The battle will be very hard to win, if you just can't
seem to win you can try leveling Sheena up a bit, and make sure she has
the best equipment, tech attacks, and EX Skills she can get.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Future of this Kingdom, To Heimdall
=======================================================================
Sadly, I couldn't manage to beat him at this time, so I'll go on with
the game and note when I went back and finally beat him. Leave the
outskirts of Mizuho (before having fought Kuchinawa) and fly around a
bit, you should get a skit. Now fly to the Tower of Salvation and fly
directly south to a forest area with a village on an island in the
middle of the water. Land and make your way around to the entrance of
Ymir Forest. Along the way you might trigger a skit.
=======================================================================
99. Ymir Forest
Item: Resist Ring, Solar Guard, Gladius, Maid's Hairband, Crystal Shell,
Ymir Fruit, Metal Sphere
Skit: Heimdall, Ymir Fruit
=======================================================================
When you enter watch a short scene, you'll trigger an automatic skit
right after the scene. When you regain control head north towards the
Sorcerer's Ring Device and change the function. The ring now makes
sounds which will summon animals at certain points in the forest. Start
by heading over to the tree stump next to the device and using the ring
on the pink flowers. After the short scene, head around west behind the
tree to find a secret chest. Now head back down, then east, and south
to find a chest. If you try to open the chest you'll find that you
can't open it without striking it with a powerful force. So climb up on
the stomp and summon the boar down to hit the chest. Climb back down
and open the chest.
Head north from the chest and head behind the tree here to find another
hidden chest. Now head back to the Ring Device and head west this time.
Head up the tree to the upper level, then head all the way north, along
the path into the next area. Here, head north, then west down the tree
to the lower level. Head south, then east, and north under the tree,
and to the west and north up the tree to get to the upper level again.
Head east then south towards the round about path, then head west and
south to the lower level again. Head west to a small island with a
memory circle on it. Save if you'd like, and search behind the tree for
another chest. Now head up to the child for a scene.
Now head all the way back to the first area of the forest, and head
east past the sorcerer's ring device again. Head north towards the tree
again, but this time head left and then north into the next area. Take
the first left in this area to find a stump with a pink flower on it.
Climb up on the stump and use the ring. Now head back to the previous
area and head north, then take the second left for a scene. Head back
to the last area and take the right path this time. Keep heading east
along the path until you get a scene.
Climb up on the stump and use the ring, now pick up the blue seed for a
scene. Now search behind the tree for yet another hidden chest. Now
return to the Sorcerer's Ring device and plant the Blue Seed in the
little garden to the left of it. Blue Flowers will now bloom on
Liliypads throughout the forest. Now return to the area where the child
is waiting and you'll find a blue flower you can use just to the west
of the entrance. Use the ring to summon a fish that will push a chest
over near the island with the memory circle. Fetch the chest to get the
white seed.
Head back to the little garden and plant the new seed. Now white
flowers will bloom on branches throughout the forest. Head to the
branch and the white flower that was shown in the scene. Jump out onto
the branch and use the ring to summon a bird. The bird will take you to
another branch with a box on it. Push the box off into the water then
return to the previous area. Head north up the eastern path again and
enter the next area. Head north and to the west and follow the path
towards the tree where you got the blue seed. This time head north and
climb up the tree to the higher level.
Head north, and then west along the path and head down the tree to the
lower area when you get a chance. Head all the way to the east and
cross over the crate you knocked down earlier. Climb onto the tree
stump on this small isle and summon a boar to knock down the Ymir fruit.
You might get a skit before doing this. Now you have to go about
manipulating the fish to move the Ymir fruit to an area where you can
obtain it.
Start by returning to the area with the blue seed tree. You'll find a
stump near the tree that you climb to get up to the upper level in this
area. Get on the stump and summon a boar to knock a worm from the tree
to distract the big fish. Now head over to the blue seed true and
follow the path north from it to a liliypad. Summon a fish to move the
fruit past the distracted fish. Head toward the island where the fruit
has been "docked" and climb onto the stump to summon another boar. The
waves will float the Fruit south.
Return towards the blue seed tree and head west to find a liliypad
partly hidden behind a tree. Jump on it and summon a fish to move the
fruit more. Now head east and up the tree to the upper level. Head all
the way to the back of the area and west towards a branch. Jump onto
the branch and summon a bird. Head east and climb up onto the stump to
summon another boar to break the boulder. Now return to the previous
area. Head back to the area where Lloyd commented about the big fish
and jump onto the liliypad. Summon a fish to move the fruit south into
the first area of the forest.
Follow the fruit back to the Sorcerer's ring device and head west under
the tree and along the path to get to a liliypad. Jump on and have the
fish move the fruit to a liliypad near the garden. Head over there and
grab that damn fruit. Now head back to the kid and give him the fruit.
He'll give you a Metal Sphere and will let you pass. After the short
scene head north for a scene.
=======================================================================
100. The Hidden Elven Village - Heimdall
Item: Elf Elder Staff, Milk, Onion, Carrot
Dog: Coco, Cookie
Recipe: Cream Stew
Title: Dog Lover (Colette)
=======================================================================
After some interesting scenes Raine and Genis will leave the party
until you're done in the village. Talk with all the people outside the
entrance area, make sure Zelos talks to all the females. The first
building on the left is the Weapon/Armor Shop and Customizer. Upgrade
your gear, because I'm sure it's been a while. Don't forget to grab
stuff for Genis and Raine! The second building on the right is the item
shop, stock up if you'd like, you'll also find the Katz Team here.
"
The building in the back of the village is the inn, enter and see
what's up. Rest/Save if you'd like. Outside of the inn, head to the
left to find a little area that you can pass under the inn. On the
other side you'll find a Dog for Colette to name. Now head back through
the pass and head left into the next area of town. Talk to the people
in this area. You'll find a guard guarding the entrance to the Torent
Forest, you can't do anything about it now, but keep it in mind for
later.
Head to the back of the village by crossing the bridge to reach the
Elder's House. Before entering you can find a secret passage way under
the house similar to that of the inn's. Head through it to find another
dog, and that my friends... should conclude the Dog Naming. And Colette
will receive the title of "Dog Lover" if you've named all the dogs up
to this point. Now then, head back and enter the Elder's House. Talk to
the Elder for a scene. After the scene you'll get the Elf Elder's Staff.
Now head into the room in the back of the Elder's House and examine the
painting of The Wonder Chef to... gee I wonder what will happen? You'll
learn how to make Cream Stew. Now leave the village, and use "Quick
Jump" to skip Ymir Forest.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: My Sister, The Eternal Obsession
=======================================================================
At this point I decided that my thin wallet was bugging me, so I headed
over to the Temple of Earth and fought the Dragon until I earned about
280k. If you'd like to do the same, go ahead. You should have enough to
finish the restoration of Luin, so warp on over to Sylvarant and finish
up that little side quest. If you complete the reconstruction, or at
least make the 11th donation. At least buy the Money Bag for Sheena, it
will be extremely useful when trying to beat Kuchinawa (if you haven't
done so yet, or haven't given up on it) If you stay the night at the
inn you might get a skit.
When you leave Luin after the final donation you might get a skit. Now
head back to Tethe'alla, and then to Mizuho if you'd like to try
beating Kuchinawa. I was able to do it this time, so I'll provide a
Boss Strategy of sorts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Kuchinawa
Alright, Kuchinawa is one tough nut to crack. Half of winning this
battle lies in preperation. For starters Sheena's Equipment. It's
almost mandatory to have the "Money Bag" Weapon you can get from Luin
after the 11th donation. This weapon increases Sheena's Stats, and her
attack power greatly. You'll also want the best armor you can fit on
her at this point it'll probably be stuff from the "Rune" Category, as
well as the Maid's Hairband you found in Ymir Forest. The next
important pieces of equipment are accessories. There's several
combinations of accessories you can use. Either two Black Onyx (can be
bought in Flanoir for 20k a piece) or a Black Onyx and a Holy Symbol or
Faerie Ring. I managed to beat him with Black Onyx/Holy Symbol. So
that's what I'd recommend.
As far as Techs go, I had Pyre Seal and Life seal assigned to two
different keys. Both of these attacks will do great damage (about 1k
for both of them I got) and Life Seal is vital to restoring some health.
I binded Summon: Water and Summon: Fire to the C Stick. These are the
best summons to use in the battle. Undine will heal Sheena and do some
damage, while Efreet will do a huge chunk of damage. Use whichever
based on the situation I guess. It would help going into this battle
near Over Limit. Yeah, it's not something you can tell really, but try
anyways.
As far as EX Skills go I had Dash, Guard Plus, Strong and Prolong. This
gave me the Compound Skill "Hard Hit" which is very useful. Guard Plus
is useful in it's own right for defending during the bout. Strong
increases your attack power, so that's important too. Finally... levels.
Sheena was level 56 because I thought getting the Cyclone Seal would
help, obviously it didn't, but that's what level she was at.
When you start the battle you can either play it safe and defend while
trying to figure out a good attack pattern, or you can just run up to
him and try to whack the bajeezus out of him. That's what I did, and
that's what a lot of this setup is aimed at doing, so it might be in
your best interest to do the same. Linking together strong normal
attacks while spaming Pyre Seal, I was able to OWN Kuchinawa without
even having to summon. Even still... he's hard, and it might take you a
few tries to take him down, but it can be done!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll get the Asura Card... which is kind of useless if
you got the Money Bag. Oh well... at least you get the better conclusion
to this little sub event. When given the choice choose "Stop Him".
After the scenes you'll get Corrine's Bell and you'll be back in the
village. Head over to the Chief's House to rest then leave the village.
Now fly to the Latheon Gorge which is located due southeast of Ymir
Forest. There's a House of Guidance behind the Gorge, so make sure to
pop in there and have Zelos talk to the Hunnies. When you're ready,
enter the Gorge.
=======================================================================
101. Latheon Gorge
Item: EX Gem Lv.4x3, Rare Pellets, EX Gem Lv.3x2, Star Cap, Rare Shield,
Diablos, Flare Greaves, Toroid, Elixir, Draupnir, Pasta, Fish, Tomato,
Mana Leaf Herb
Skit: Rhythm, On Purpose
Recipe: Pescatore
Skit: There She Goes Again
=======================================================================
Walk up the path a bit for a scene. Afterwards head up north more and
you'll find a chest. Head back down, and go east until you can head
south. Here you'll find this dungeon's Sorcerer's Ring Device. This
time when you use the ring, the on screen character will be incased in
a bubble. You'll need to combine this powers with the strange flowers
in the area to progress. Now head back up and east, the north and
you'll find a path leading to higher ground and a chest.
Get in front of the Flower and use the ring's power to float across the
gorge to the dead flower you saw in the scenes from earlier. Examine it
for a scene, then head north along the path. You'll eventually find a
tree with some fruit on it and a scene. Afterwards head back down the
path and use the Kirima on the dead plant. Get in front of the plant
and use the ring's power to float across to the other side, then make
your way east into the next area.
Here head east, passing the slope leading upward to find a chest. After
grabbing the chest, head back and take the slope to the upper area, to
the left you'll find another chest. Now head east behind the blowing
flower and up another slope to find a Kirima Tree. Take one then head
north and down a slope to a dead flower. Revive the flower then head
back to the flower you passed earlier. Use the ring's power in front of
the flower to float across the gorge by aid of the flower you just
revived as well. When you reach the other side head north up the path
to another fruit tree for a scene. You'll get an Amango, these fruits
when fed to the flowers will kill them. Grab one of them.
Head east and then north up the slope to enter the next area. Head all
the way north ignoring the slopes along the way, and turn west to find
a small chest tucked away. You'll also find a large flower in this area.
Stand in front of it and use the ring's power to be blown to a small
island. At the island revive the dead flower and then stand in front of
it and let it blow you behind the waterfall. Head west and pick up a
hidden chest, then east to find a flower that will take you back to the
small island. Back on the island, take the other flower this time to
find another big flower and a chest. Open the chest then get in front
of the big flower to have it take you back to the second area of the
dungeon.
Head up the slope and on the way you'll find a blue chest containing
another one of the Demon Arms. Grab that then make your way back to the
third area we left just a short while ago. When you return to the third
area, revive the two plants here, and then stand in front of the
northeast one (the one near the Kirmia Tree) and use the ring. You'll
run along a current course and be brought to the upper level where you
can find two more chest. Don't forget to revive the dead plant at the
top! When you're done here, use the southern most flower to blow
yourself across the gorge to another big flower. Take the big flower
into the next area.
In this area, head to the west, and then up the southwest slope. Up
here revive the flower that is facing south and stand in front of it.
Use the ring's power to be blown off the edge where you will find a
chest. Sadly... you're back at the dungeon's entrance. So backtrack to
the previous area. When you're finally back take the first flower you
see (on the hill you're on) to the northwest. Kill the flower that is
blowing southeast then ride the wind south. Revive the other plant on
this hill. While messing around here you might trigger a skit. Head up
to the first flower in this area (the one that is blowing northwest)
and kill it. Then return to the plant that is blowing northeast and
take it across the gorge. You might get another skit in the process.
On the other side head up the slope and revive the flower along the way.
Keep going up to the top and stand in front of the flower here, have it
blow you into the current of the flower you just revived and it'll take
you to the next area. Have the flower here blow you to the left, then
head up the path and have the big flower blow you to the right. If you
revived the flower from earlier you'll be able to travel a wind circuit
here that will take you up to a higher ledge. Revive the flower here,
than use the ring to head west. Revive the flower here, then enter the
cave.
Inside the cave you'll find a chest containing a Fake. Make sure to
take Genis with you into battle or you're in for a long fight. You're
reward will be an Elixir. Now head to the west, and then south to exit
the cave. Revive the flower out here and use it. use the big flower
here to blow over to an area above the cave you enter a short while ago.
Here use the flower to blow to the right and the flower from below will
blow you up to the higher level. When you arrive you'll get a short
scene. Head west and revive the plant, and then have it blow you over
to the cave. Inside fight the slug enemy to get a memory gem, then head
west, and then east up a slope to claim a chest. Head down the slope to
the south and head over to the southwest exit again. Back track to the
ledge and then head up the slope and follow the path in the next area.
Revive the first plant you come across, then cross the bridge to revive
another one. Head back across the bridge and use the ring to be blown
to a rock which you will knock down. You'll land back on the bridge so
head west. Ignore the shack for now and head south to find a chest.
Then head back to the shack and use the memory circle to save. Head
inside the shack but avoid talking to the man. Instead head behind him
and examine the bunny looking object to summon thy Wonder Chef. This
time you'll learn how to prepare Pescatore. Now talk to the story
teller for a scene.
The Storyteller will open the gate for you, so head south into the
previous area. Head east towards the flower for a scene, then use the
flower to get to the cave. Unseal the memory circle here and enter the
cave. Head toward the plant for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Plantix
HP: 36000
TP: 250
S: Earth
W: Fire
EXP: 7500
Gald: 1250
Item: Blue Sephira
What a push over. I went into this battle unprepared even (didn't heal)
and I was able to whoop him without any problems. Though I'd imagine
Genis' Fire Magic, and Efreet could own this guy a fair bit.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll get the Mana Leaf Herb and then a skit will
automatically play out. Afterwards you'll be back at the storyteller's
shack. Save... this is going to be a long story. Get ready for a shock!
After the series of scenes you'll be brought to the entrance of the
Gorge automatically (Thank God!) now leave here.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
You're headed to the SE Abbey, which as it would happen... located in the
southeast portion of the world. You might have passed by or inspected
the area during earlier explorations. Now is the time to enter though.
=======================================================================
102. SE Abbey
Skit: Your Sister Hates You?
=======================================================================
Make sure to have Zelos talk to the ladies around here, then enter the
abbey. Head between the two guards and talk to Seles for a scene. And
that's all. Yup... that's all. So head outside and you should trigger a
skit. Then leave the Abbey.
=======================================================================
103. Loose Ends Part II
Skit: Klonoa
Title: Friend (Genis), Dream Traveler (Presea), Masked Swordsman(Zelos),
Princess Guard (Zelos), Tactical Leader (Lloyd)
=======================================================================
Having completed Latheron Gorge and having had talked to Seles, you've
unlocked several side quest. So before moving on, let's see what we can
do.
First off, head to Altessa's House for a scene. When given the chance
choose to follow Genis and Mithos. Watch a few... interesting scenes
during which Genis will obtain the title "Friend". Watch some more
scenes to finish the event.
Now leave Altessa's House and head over to Sybak. You'll find a small
child just outside the inn. Talk to him for a scene. Talk to some of
the people in the area until you get a scene. Afterwards this little
sub event is finished.
Now make for Altamira. Head to the Lezareno company and head up to the
President's Office for a scene. Aww so... friggin cute xD, and quite
funny too ^^. Presea will obtain the title of "Dream Traveler" as well
as her Klonoa Costume. Wahoo. You can go around Altamira and talk to
everyone Wahoo.
Ahem... when you're finished in Altamira head back to the world map.
Meltokio is the location of the rest of these little sub events, one of
which includes participating in Coliseum matches. So you might want to
warp to Sylvarant and go to Luin to invest in some of the novelty
weapons for your characters. They certainly aren't cheap, so if you're
limited to only a couple of them, make sure you get them for your main
fighter characters.
Enter Meltokio and head towards the Nobel District. You might get a
skit along the way. Head towards Zelos' house and you'll get a scene.
Haha, the return of the masked swordsman (assuming you used him for the
Mithos Cup) Zelos will now don the title "Masked Swordsman" and obtain
the mask costume. Now enter Zelos' house and talk to the Butler
Sebastian for a scene. Now head for the Castle for more scenes. Now
leave the Castle and head for the Tethe'alla Bridge for a scene.
Leave Meltokio again, this time fly over to Mizuho and enter the
Gaoracchia Forest for a scene and an easy battle. After the battle some
more scenes, and Zelos will obtain the title of "Princess Guard".
There's more to this little quest, but you'll have to wait for later to
finish it.
Now that everything is Honky Dory with the Kingdom, head to the
Meltokio Coliseum. Talk to the airhead of a Receptionist (it's better
to talk to her using Zelos ^^) and get an explanation on how this all
works. Now you'll be able to enter the Single Matches Beginner Class
for 5000 Gald. This is similar to what you did during the Mithos Cup,
so select your best character. You won't be able to use items and the
battles are back to back, so make sure you're prepared. When you're
ready to fight, choose a character then talk to the guard in the
waiting room.
You'll have to win three one on one fights in a row. Nothing too hard
really. These are actually the same as the Papal Knights you just
fought in the forest. It can be kind of rough with only one character,
but a fighter character with one of the Novelty weapons should be fine.
You'll get 12000 Gald and a set of gels if you complete the Beginner
Class. Afterwards you'll watch a scene. Now if you head back inside
you'll find another receptionist. If you talk to her you'll be able to
do group battles, which is pretty self explanatory. You'll also be able
to compete in Single's Intermediate Class.
If you're going to do the group matches, keep in mind that it's the
first three party members in you're roster that will compete. Make it a
habit to always include Raine... it makes life that much easier. In the
Beginner class of team battle you'll have to overcome five battles.
None of which are too hard, this stuff is fairly easy compared to
Single Battles actually. The first couple fights will have you fighting
Papal Knights and various other Human Enemies, where as the last few
will put you against several tough baddies you may not have faced yet.
You're reward for winning these matches is 20000 Gald and another Gel
Set.
The Intermediate Singles Match is a lot harder, with an extra match to
survive and tougher foes. You might not have the stuff to make it
through this one yet, but if you do go for it. Having Ingredients and a
good cooker goes a long way to helping you advance through the battles.
If you can conquer this Class you'll be rewarded 20k and more medicine
than you can shake a stick at. Afterwards you'll get another scene.
The Advanced (There is no Intermediate apparently) Group Match is quite
a bit tougher than the cake walk that was Beginner Class. It's still
Five Battles, but these battles host some rather fierce enemies. Battle
Three is the real trick, the Red Mantis is a horrifically powerful
beast that can make your HP go bye-bye. What's worse is that they can
also poison you, which pretty much seals your fate. If you can get past
this battle you should have the rest of this class in the bag. When you
win you'll get a scene. Lloyd will then receive the title of "Tactical
Leader". You're reward for clearing this Challenge is 50k and an
Extreme Symbol.
And then... you'll face a trio of characters from previous Tales Games.
Meredy, Farah Oersted, and Garr. Will you win this battle? Oh Hell No.
Just try to stay alive long enough to have Raine use a Magic Lens on
all three of them. Don't worry, you'll be able to try and fight them
again later. It's also highly unlikely that you'll be able to complete
the Single Advanced Match either, it's pretty rough. Besides, there's a
much better reason to clear Advanced Class later in the game, though
you can get a nice reward for completing it now, it's nothing compared
to the treats ahead.
Lastly, head over to Sylvarant, and fly to the Palmacosta Human Ranch
Ruins. If you've seen the first two scenes involving the Yuan's Ring
event you should meet Yuan here for a scene. That concludes side
tracking for now. Hopefully you had fun, because it's time to get
serious again.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
When you're ready to move on, prepare your best party, stock up, rest,
and save. The next section of the game will require you to complete it
before you can go back for supplies or do anything else. When you're
ready, fly over to the Tower of Salvation and enter at the base of the
tower.
=======================================================================
104. Tower of Salvation
=======================================================================
Walk forward for a scene, then climb the stairs for another scene.
After the... odd scene, enter the tower and move along the path until you
get to the warp ring. When you're ready for the boss fight, step on the
warp ring and watch a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Kratos
HP: 25000
TP: 980
S: Lightning, Light
W: None
EXP: 7600
Gald: 4800
Item: EX Gem Lv.4, Energy Tablets
Well... Kratos has some pretty devastating Light Magic Attacks... I mean
his Judgment does near 2k, but that's only IF it can hit you. Other
than that, he was waaay easier than last time. Taking a group of three
fighters along with Raine for support, you should be able to lay into
him like no tomorrow. Again, you don't HAVE to win this battle, but I
don't see why you'd lose.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================================================================
105. The Holy City - Welgaia
Item: Apocalypse, Mana Fragment
Skit: Dolls, Strange City, Angels Without Soul
=======================================================================
You'll arrive here after the battle with Kratos and watch some scenes.
Man... if ONLY Regal would fight with his hands ><. Now take the lift
across the way and head south, then west to find a memory circle. Save
if you'd like, then head towards the spinning ring on the platform for
a scene. After the scene you'll be in control of Colette, move the
boxes around the warp so that the rest of the party can come through.
Once you're reunited head through the warp for a scene.
After the scene you should get a skit. Now you can go around the city
and talk to all the Angels to learn a great deal of information. After
talking to a couple people you should get another skit. Head to the
right and enter the building to the north, you should get a skit. Head
to the left to find a blue chest, and inside you'll get the Devil Arm
"Apocalypse". In this same building you'll find an Elevator that can
take you to the various floors for the sole purpose of talking with
people, if that's your thing go ahead. I recommend you do, because
there's a lot of information to be had.
When you're done, head back outside and enter the building to the east.
Talk to the guard on duty here for a scene, during which you'll obtain
the Mana Fragment. Score! Now let's get the hell outta here. Head back
outside and make your way west to the moving pathway, and head north
into the next area. Head towards the transporter and talk to the guard
for a scene. Head back south, then east along the path to another
moving floor way and head into the next area.
In this area head to the east talking to people on the way, at the end
you will find a terminal. Examine it for a scene, and then check out
all the information. After you have the information, leave the terminal
and start taking some of these lifts up and down. The lift in front of
the terminal to the left of the information terminal will take you to a
refresher. To the left of that you'll find another refresher. The lift
in front of the information terminal will lead you to a vending machine.
When you're done here, head back to the entrance of this area and take
the stairs down. Get on the platform to the right and cross the gap for
a scene.
=======================================================================
106. Tower of Salvation
Item: EX Gem Lv.3x2, EX Gem Lv.4, Rare Guard, Holy Robe, Nagazuki,
Laser Blade, Dragon Fang, Energy Tablets, Holy Circle, Elevator Key, EX
Gem Lv.2
Skit: Looking at the Stars, Empty, Silent World, Weightless, Almost to
the Exit, Genis Disturbed
=======================================================================
You'll end up here after taking the emergency exit out of Welgaia. Head
to the west to find a memory circle, save, then descend the stairs.
Head west towards the new kind of chest tucked in the southern part of
the room, then keep heading west. Head west all the way until you can
go south, and descend some stairs into the next area. Follow the path
through here until you spot a door to the east, enter it for a scene.
This Anti-Gravity room is much like the ice lake in the Temple of Ice.
So you'll have to follow a set path to reach your destination. Head
east all the way to the other side of the room. Along the way you
should get a skit. Now head down, left, up, left, up, left, down, left,
up, left, down, right, down, right, down, right, up, and right. Phew.
You should get a couple skits in the process. Open the chest in the
south part of this new room, then activate the red control to unlock
some doors.
Now return to the weightless room and head for the west door. Back in
this corridor, head south, then west through the newly unlocked door to
find a chest. Now head back the way you came, all the way to the first
area again. From the stairs head north, then west, and then north again.
Head into the small doorway on the right, then head down the stairs to
find a chest. Head to the east and follow the path until you get to
some stairs. In the next area head north, collecting the chest along
the way. Follow the path until you get to an intersection and take the
south passage to return to the original area.
Head west again and then north, this time take the left passage down
some stairs into the next area. Go south at the first intersection and
collect a chest, there's another one right next door to it. Head to the
west side of the room, and the north to activate the blue console. Now
the blue doors will open. Head back up the stairs into the previous
area, then head straight to enter the small doorway on the right again.
Head straight and pass through the newly opened door and examine the
elevator. There's nothing you can do with it now, but note it for later.
Now head back the way you came and then down the stairs. Head down the
path, and the north at the intersection to collect a chest from the
small room. Now you can go all the way around and exit the room through
the small door, or you can just head back the way you came. Whichever
you choose, make your way back to the Weightless room.
You want to make your way to the "lift" in the room. It's a cylinder
shaped tube with arrows pointing up. To get there, head east to the
other side of the room. Now head down, left, up, left, up, left, down,
left, up, left, down, left, down, right, up, right. In this new
weightless room you want to reach the door in the northern part of the
room. To get there go down, right, up, left, up, right, up, right, down,
right, down, right, up, left, and up. Follow the path until you get to
an intersection and keep heading east to find a chest. Now backtrack
and take the south path.
Now that you're back in the upper weightless room again, you need to
get to the lift in the south part of the room. From the entrance at the
end of the path we just took head left, up, left, down, right, down,
right, down, right, up, left, down, right. You'll be back in the first
weightless chamber. Head straight and take another lift down. Now
you're in the last weightless room. You're head to the door at the top
eastern part of the room. To get there go left, up, right, up, right,
down, right, down, left, down, left, up, left, down, left, up, right,
down, right, up, and right.
Grab the chest in the south part of the room, then examine the light to
get the Elevator Key. Now head back to the lift you came down from,
it's not hard to get there. Back in the original weightless room, head
forward ignoring the other lift, head up, then left to exit this
weightless nightmare. Now you're going to make your way back to the
Elevator, along the way you might want to jump up the stairs and save,
you've got a boss coming up.
Use the Key on the little panel to the left of the Elevator, then enter
and examine the blue glove to go down. Exit the elevator to the east,
and keep heading in that direction until you find a chest. Head north
from the chest and east down the path. You should get a skit on the way.
Keep heading east and down some stairs to find a warp. Make sure you're
ready for a boss fight, then enter the warp.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Yggdrasill
HP: 40000
TP: 3000
S: Light
W: Dark
EXP: 3000
Gald: 0
Item: None
Yggdrasill is still one tough mofo. The difference this time? You stand
a fighting chance. Even still... the object of this battle is not to win
it. it's just merely to survive and deal a certain amount of damage in
order for the battle to end with a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch some interesting scenes here. Dun Dun Dun... Ahem. When you're in
control again exit the Tower of Salvation. On the way out you might get
a skit.
=======================================================================
107. Altessa's House
=======================================================================
When you leave the Tower of Salvation you will be brought here
immediately. Notice the Memory Circle? Kind of odd isn't it. Oh well...
save here then head into the House. Watch some insane scenes! You'll
get into a battle during all the madness, nothing special. After the
battle talk to Yuan, then talk to Raine and Tabatha.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: He Was My Friend
=======================================================================
Head outside and you should get a skit. Then fly over to Flanoir. Make
sure to save before you enter!
=======================================================================
108. Flanoir
Item: *Kratos' Locket, *Snow Hare, *Zelos Cruxis Crystal
Skit: Good Doctor, Mind over Matter
=======================================================================
When you enter you'll get a scene. You should get a skit afterwards.
Now then, head over to the clinic. On the way you might want to talk to
Abyssion for a little skit. He'll head off to the Temple of Darkness
and wait for you to collect the Last Devil Arm (assuming you've gotten
them all up to this point) Genis will suggest that you go see Koton at
Hakonesia Peak. Keep that in mind for later, actually soon you'll be
going on a bunch of side quest, so then would be a good time.
When you arrive at the Clinic you'll witness a weird scene. Afterwards
you should get another skit. Now enter the clinic for a scene. Now
here's a tricky little thing. People will enter Lloyd's room and ask
him to go walk with them. Now you can agree and get a scene with that
person... or you can hold out for someone else. If you reject everyone
you'll get a special scene involving Kratos.
------------------------------- SPOILER -------------------------------
The Choice you make here will decide whether Zelos leaves the party and
Kratos joins in his place. Or if Zelos stays in the party. If you
witness the Kratos scene you'll get him. If you witness any other scene,
you'll likely get Zelos.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you watched the Kratos scene, in the morning Noishe will give you
Kratos' Locket. Should you choose Colette (who will always be the first
person to enter the room) you'll get a scene with here, and you'll get
the item "Snow Hare". If you go with any other character (the two that
appear in the room after Colette are you're highest rated party members
in terms of Relationship Points. This excludes Colette and Zelos) you
won't get anything. And finally... Zelos. There is a way to get a scene
with Zelos, though I'm not sure how. I'd imagine it has to do with
ignoring the training sequences with Kratos from earlier in the game
(these are apparently what determine getting the scene in Flanoir, so
it makes sense, no?) So Zelos might be the alternative "Last Option".
Either way, when you're done you'll watch a couple scenes then be back
on the world map. You've just unlocked a ton of side quest, so let's
get to tying those loose ends!
=======================================================================
109. Loose Ends Part III
Item: Spirtua's Ring, Heart of Chaos, Aifread's Letter, Aifread's Hat
Skit: Next Chief, Chief Awakens, The Conman, All Guys are the Same!,
Drik's Way of Memorization, You Have Us,
Title: Nobleman (Lloyd), Little Madam (Presea), Glamorous Beauty
(Raine), Fair Lady (Colette), You Look Great! (Sheena), Easter Sunday
(Genis), Narcissist (Zelos), Dandy (Regal), Successor (Sheena), Beach
Boy (Lloyd), First-timer at Sea (Presea), Mermaid (Colette), Queen of
the Beach (Sheena), Beach Comber (Genis), No, Not The Sun! (Raine),
Pickup Artist (Zelos), Swimmer (Regal), Ironing Board (Colette), WOW!
(Sheena), Peeping Tom (Lloyd), Arrgh, Me Hearties (Lloyd), Maiden
(Raine), Katz Katz Katz (Genis), Empty Soul (Presea)
=======================================================================
First let's head to Meltokio where several events can be completed.
Enter the city and head for the Slums area to the east for a scene with
Joshua and Rosa if you've been keeping up in that little drama. Now
leave the slums and re-enter for yet another scene. Now make for
Meltokio's Item shop and talk to the Katz there. You'll have to go to
the Katz Village in Sylvarant to complete this quest, but for now just
keep it in mind.
Head over to the Nobel District and talk to Sebastian for a scene. Now
head over to the castle as Lloyd. When you enter you'll get a scene.
Booyaw, Lloyd is looking pretty sexy now. With the title Nobleman Lloyd
will be able to change into this snazzy attire at anytime. Now when you
arrive at the Reception Hall you'll be able to choose a party member.
Whichever one you choose will also get their Title/Outfit, and I would
imagine it affects relationship, but I'm not sure. You can still pick a
few more characters to get their costumes as well, but not all of them.
Anyway... just choose the first one for now.
Now you'll be given the chance to talk to three of your party members.
The three that you talk to will also get their titles/costumes. You'll
have to play through the game again to collect them all. After you've
talked to three party members you'll... *drools* damn Sheena. Erm... You'll
meet up with whichever character you picked first. After a couple more
scenes this quest finally comes to a close. Now you're done in Meltokio
for the moment, so head back to the world map. Now you're off to Mizuho,
so fly on over there and see what's up.
Head over to the Chief's House and talk to Orochi for a scene.
Afterwards enter the Chief's House and talk to Tiga for a scene. Now
leave Mizuho and head to the Temple of Lightning for a scene. Now make
your way to Volt's Seal for a series of scenes. When given the chance
talk to your party members around the fire. In the end Sheena will
obtain the title of Successor and a new costume! Wahoo. If you wander
around the village a bit you should get a skit. If you go back to the
Chief's House and talk to him you'll get a scene. When you head back
outside you might get another skit. Now you're done here so head back
to the World Map.
Now it's time to head over to Altamira. Enter the city and talk to the
woman in front of the Hotel. You'll have to find her four children that
our scattered throughout the city. Jo is located on the beach, as is
her sister Mary who is standing by the snack bar. She won't return
until everyone else is back. So head to the Elemental Railway and go to
the Amusement Part. You'll find Beth by the Dock but she won't go back
just yet. Return to the main are and talk to her mother, then go back
and fetch Beth. Now head to the second floor of the hotel and have
Zelos as your on screen character. Talk to Diana to have her return.
Then you can finally have Mary return.
Talk to the mother again for a scene. Now head into the Hotel and talk
to one of the Clerks to obtain the title "Beach Boy" for Lloyd as well
as his swimsuit. Now as with the Dinner Party you'll be able to choose
the companion that is waiting for you and they'll get their
costumes/title. But the other two characters who get theirs are
determined by their relationship value. So if you make a save game
beforehand, you can experiment with who all gets a swimsuit. Sheena...
*drools*. Ahem. Now you'll be able to talk to the three party members
down at the beach. And that concludes another round of collecting
Costumes.
Now it's finally time to hit those Hot Springs. Talk to the Priest
standing outside for a scene. After the scenes talk to the Priest again
and pick Females for a funny scene ^^. Colette, Sheena, and Lloyd will
all obtain funny titles. You can go back into the springs to get more
scenes if you'd like.
Quickly head on over to Heimdall and talk to the Children to the right
of the entrance for a scene telling the truth about what Noishe
actually is. Now we're done in Tethe'alla for the moment so head on
over to the base and warp back to Sylvarant.
For starters head to Luin. If you've at least made the 11th donation to
the reconstruction fund you can finally find the infamous Aifread on
the boat that's docked by the fountain. Agree to "buy" the Boat for
3000 Gald. After the scene, leave Luin than return. Head to the dock
once again to talk to Aifread. Agree to sign a new Contract with
Aifread and Lloyd will obtain the title of "Arrgh, Me Hearties" and a
new Costume! Now you'll have to visit all the Houses of Salvation
scattered throughout the world. Leave Luin and you should get a skit,
then fly over to the Asgard House of Salvation.
Enter the House for a scene, now fly over to Asgard for a scene with
the Imposter Group for the last time. Ah, they weren't so bad after
all... in the end. Now then head up the stairs leading to the dais for a
scene. Raine will obtain the title of Maiden and her Acolyte Costume.
Fly over to Iselia's House of Salvation next and enter for a scene.
While you're in the area, fly over to Triet, and to the southeast of it
behind a mountain is Nova's Caravan. Talk to Nova about the Giant Worm
which you may or may not have slayed yet, if so you'll get a short
dialogue about the Monster Book. If you complete it you can come back
and get a title for Raine.
Now zip on over to the old Palmacosta region and enter the House of
Salvation here. Enter the house for a scene. Now fly over to the Thoda
Dock and enter, head to the dock area and talk to Auguste for a scene.
Afterwards you'll obtain Spiritua's Ring. Before heading back to Hima
to meet up with Aifread, fly over to Hakonesia Peak and talk to Koton
for a scene. You'll obtain the final Devil's Arm "Heart of Chaos". Now
head for Hima, and make your way to the gravesite to talk to Aifread.
After the scene you'll get Aifread's Letter.
Fly to Izoold to deliver Aifread's Letter to Lyla. After the scenes
head to the docks and talk to Max to get another scene and Aifread's
Hat. Yeah... your guess is as good as mine as to why he has this. And
with that, you've concluded this long side quest. Now leave Izoold and
fly over to the Katz Village which is located on the northwest island.
There's not much to be done in this small... weird village. Just head to
the top and talk to the Katz Elder. Now we're done in Sylvarant for now,
so head back to Tethe'alla.
Fly back to Meltokio, on the way you might get a skit. Enter the city
and head to the Slums area. After the scenes Genis will obtain the
title of "Katz Katz Katz" and obtain the funny Katz Costume. Now you
can head to Flanoir and you'll notice that the Weapon/Armor Shop is
stocked with new equipment, also the customizer is open for business.
Make sure to upgrade!
Now at this point, you have a few options. You can either head to the
Temple of Darkness and Complete the Devil Arms Quest by fighting one of
the toughest bosses in the game, or you can move on and save it for
later. If you are going to complete this quest, make sure that you are
stocked to the brim with every kind of healing item you can get your
hands on. You also might want to have an "All-Divide" item that the
Fake Monsters drop. Your party should be armed to the teeth with the
best gear they can possibly get at this time, most importantly the
Novelty Weapons.
Head into the Temple of Darkness and head to the seal room where Sheena
made a pact with Shadow. Make sure you save before going in. Give the
Devil's Arms over to Abyssion for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Abyssion
HP: 120000 (...)
TP: 8200
S: None
W: None
EXP: 8000
Gald: 6800
Item: Hyper Gauntlet, Jet Boots
Yeah... this guy is friggin hard. Like Kratos Round One Hard, but with a
lot more HP. It would be in your best interest to use an All-Divide so
poor Raine can try and keep up with healing the party (No Questions,
Put Raine in the damn party) You're going to need Gels to Heal, Gels to
restore TP, and Life Bottles, Tons of Life Bottles. Just keep pounding
away at him, if you get the chance to cost some Light Magic you'll do
great damage, if Sheena can Summon: Light, awesome. Abyssion's most
fearsome attack is the most powerful Magic Spell that Genis will be
able to learn later on "Meteor Storm" it hurts... a lot. So brace
yourself for it. The battle will be long, and it will be hard. But I
mean long... (I got 11 minutes)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
When you beat him you'll get a scene. During which Presea will obtain
the title of "Empty Soul". Which kicks all manners of ass. Now the cool
thing about killing Abyssion this early is that you can actually make
use of the Devil's Arms. The Devil's Arms have the potetional to become
the most powerful weapons in the game, for after you defeat Abyssion
they will be "unlocked". And while their visual statistics don't change,
they will become more powerful the more often they are used in battle.
It'll take some time to get them up to decent shape, but with time they
can become extremely powerful. It's something to play around with, and
perhaps might help you dominate the game's Final Bosses. Anyways... time
to leave the Temple. On your way out you might get a skit.
That should do for now, think you've collected enough titles in this
section? Well... when you're done with everything.
=======================================================================
World Map
=======================================================================
Head somewhere to rest and stock up. When you're ready head over to the
Tower of Salvation again. Note: If you equipped the Devil's Arms, you
might want to take them off for now. You've got a Boss Fight coming up,
and it might be in your best interest not to use these unstable weapons
on such an important battle just yet!
=======================================================================
110. Tower of Salvation
Item: Diamond Shell, Ogre Ax, Hanuman's Staff, Southern Cross, Heavenly
Robe, Energy Tablets, Star Mail, EX Gem Lv.4x2, Phoenix Cloak, Star
Guard, EX Gem Lv.3x2, Shaman Dress, Star Helm, Star Shield, Star
Circlet, Star Gauntlet, EX Gem Lv.2, Star Bracelet, Spirit Bottle
Skit: Hurry!, Remnants of The Giant Tree, Priorities, Genis
Apprehensive, Sacrifices, Dear Friend
=======================================================================
Head up the stairs to the Tower entrance and Yuan will appear for a
scene. You'll be taken into a secret passage, to the right you can buy
stuff from the vending machines. When you're ready for a boss fight
step on the warp to the left. The scene and boss you fight here will
depend upon your actions in Flanoir. If you didn't see the Kratos Scene
you'll fight...
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Gatekeeper
HP: 18000
TP: 800
S: Light
W: None
EXP: 8880
Gald: 8970
Item: Mystic Symbol
Boss: Angel Swordians x2
HP: 8000
I haven't fought this battle so I can't tell you much about it. I'll do
so in the next game. If you fought this boss and didn't get the Kratos
scene in Flanoir, skip down to the next section (past the spoiler).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you did see the Kratos Scene...
-------------------------------- SPOILERS -----------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Zelos Wilder
HP: 28000
TP: 1200
S: Light, Lightning
W: None
EXP: 9300
Gald: 9800
Item: Mystic Symbol
Apparently Zelos forgot that you could pound the crap out of him
judging by the battles he's fought along side you. Needless to say
Zelos is pretty easy, just watch out for his insane Judgment attack
which he must have gotten with his wings. Other than that, slaughter
him.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle watch a scene. Zelos will now leave the party for good.
You'll get a replacement soon enough...
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
At this point both paths will meet up. Head to the right and use the
memory circle to save. Move around a bit and you should get a skit.
Head north up the path and you should trigger another skit. Walk around
some more should yield another skit. At the intersection head north,
use the sorcerer's ring to burn the root blocking the path.
Wander around the next area for yet another skit. Now head to the edge
of the room and jump out onto the broken bridge which acts like a
teeter-totter. The group will drop down to the area below and Presea
will notice a giant boulder that you'll have to use to balance the
weight. Collect the chest at the bottom of the room, then take the
stairs back up and run around to the bridge again.
This time when it falls, don't get off, instead head up it, and have it
lower to the other side. Head east into the next area and follow the
path south. When you finally get to an intersection, head to the east
and fire several shots to burn away the mess of roots. Behind them you
will find three chest. Now head north, then west, burning the roots in
your path. Keep heading west until you get to some stairs, head up them
into the next area. Instead of heading up the stairs, head to the west
and use the control console to open the gate, now head up the stairs.
Head east, burning the root along the way. At the intersection head
west to find a chest. If you head straight east you'll find another
chest hidden behind some roots. Head south and to the east and burn up
some roots in your way. You'll find two chest tucked away back here.
Now head back west, and keep going until you return to the main room.
Grab a chest on the west side of the room then shoot the boulder with
the ring three times to drop it.
Now head back to the room where you unlocked the gate and head through
it, follow the path back to the original area, then return to the
teeter-totter room. Head down to the lowest section of the room and
jump on the bridge. Head up it until it balances in the middle and jump
off. Collect the chest here, then head up the stairs. Take the warp
ring here to move on.
Head down the stairs for a scene. Nice quote there Regal. Anyways, in
this next section use the memory circle. You're going to see a lot of
them in the upcoming sections. Before getting on the warp, explore this
area for some chest, you can also find a Vending Machine here. In the
next area head down the long spiral and try to cross the bridge for a
scene.
Gah... the party is getting thin. Head west along the path and then south.
Make sure to grab the chest when heading south. At the end you'll find
another memory circle. Keep heading along the beaten path, there aren't
any intersections or items to collect. Eventually you'll reach a warp
that'll take you to the next area.
Head forward for a scene. *Whines*. This area is just like the last one,
so make your way west, then south. When you're heading south you'll
notice and opening to the west, enter it to find a chest, then head
back out and keep going along the path. Eventually you'll find a memory
circle. Save your game then head back to the opening and follow the
path to find a warp ring.
Head down the stairs and make your way to the doors at the bottom for a
scene. Just the two of you now, luckily you might have noticed the
encounters have become much easier, so don't worry about the lack of
party members. Now, head west then south until you find a chest tucked
behind a hedge. From the chest head east to find a memory circle. From
the memory circle head east, north, then west to find another chest.
Head back to the memory circle and head south, west, then north to find
a third chest. From that chest head south, then all the way east to a
warp ring.
In the next room head north carefully, avoid going north and the
intersection and head to both the west and east to find chest. Then
head back to the center of the room and go north for a scene. After the
scene you'll get a skit. In this room head south, east, then north to
find a chest. Now return to the entrance and head east, then south when
you get the chance for another chest. From the chest head north, then
all the way east until you get to a memory circle. Save then head south
to find a warp ring.
Head up a bit to trigger a scene. After the scene head up the stairs
and save at the memory circle. Now examine the sword stuck in the wall.
Yeah! Now we're back in action. So before the serious battles start
make sure you organize your party nicely. You'll want to include Lloyd
and Raine for a certainty. It'd be a good idea to include Sheena as
well, her T: Seals and Summons will be quite useful (specifically,
Light and Darkness for each boss fight respectively) whoever else you
want to take is up to you. Don't forget to restore everyone!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Pronyma
HP: 32000
TP: 850
S: Dark
W: Light
EXP: 7000
Gald: 4800
Item: Red Savory
Boss: Idun x2
HP: 11000
TP: 0
S: None
W: None
EXP: 1200
Gald: 1200
Item: Black Quartz
Spank Her, Hard. She's not hard, nor are her minions. If you can cast
Luna just consider the battle over. Alright... warm ups over, now for the
real deal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
You'll watch quite a few scenes before the battle. You'll even be able
to reorganize your party again. You'll have to include Lloyd though.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Yggdrasill
HP: 40000
TP: 3000
S: Light
W: Dark
EXP: 8320
Gald: 4800
Item: EX Gem Lv.4, Energy Tablets
This time it's for real so don't hold back. Lay into Yggdrasill with
everything you've got. Align your weapons with the Dark Property, Try
to Summon Shadow, and just pound away. He's not nearly as hard as you
might think though. But he can still do some damage.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll get a scene, then you'll be back at the Tower's
Entrance. You should trigger a skit. Now leave the Tower.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Martel's Memories
=======================================================================
You're next stop is Heimdall, on your way over there you might get a
skit.
=======================================================================
111. Heimdall
Skit: Next Step
=======================================================================
You'll watch a scene when you enter the village, afterwards you'll be
able to go around and talk to all your party members. Avoid the inn and
Colette for the time being, until after you've talked to the rest of
your party members. When you're ready to move on, talk to Colette at
the inn. In the morning head to the west side of the village and talk
to the Elder. Along the way you should trigger a skit. After talking
with the Elder, head north and talk to the watchman to enter the forest.
=======================================================================
112. Torent Forest
Item: Stardust, Crystal Dagger, Acalanatha, Angel's Tear, EX Gem Lv.3,
EX Gem Lv.4x2, Shield Ring, Warlock Garb, Mana Protector, Diamond,
Skit: Forest of the Elves, As long as Genis is Alive, Recognition,
=======================================================================
When you enter you should get a skit. Not long after that skit you
should get another. Now head up the path until you get a scene. Head up
towards the stump the little creature entered and you'll get another
skit. From the stump head north, then west all the way until you find a
chest. Now head back to the stump and head south, then east to find
another chest. Head back to the stump and fire the sorcerer's ring into
it to drive the creature out, now follow it into the next area. Should
you enter an area the creature didn't enter, you'll wind up back on the
same map, so make sure you gather the treasure in each area, then
follow the guide to the next.
In the next area head north to find another chest. From that chest head
south, then east, at the next intersection head south to find a chest.
Head back to the stump located at the entrance of this area and drive
the creature out. Follow him into the next area. In this area head east
until you get to a pond, keep heading east past the pond, then north.
You'll fight a big plant enemy here who will drop a memory gem. From
there head northeast to find a Golden Dragon. This Dragon is much like
the one from the Earth Temple except this one bestows you with a fair
amount of experience.
Keep heading east from where the Dragon was to find another stump.
Follow the guide into the next area. In the next area head north, the
northeast at the intersection. Keep heading east and grab the chest
along the way. Just east of the chest you'll find a memory circle. Make
sure to unseal it and save. From the memory circle head east to find
some more loot. Head back to the memory circle and head south this time.
At the intersection keep heading east along the path and you'll wind up
behind a waterfall with two chest.
Now head back to the memory circle and make your way all the way west,
passing the entrance into the area. Stop when you get to the west exit,
and instead check to the north and south to find two more chest. Now
that you've collected all the loot, make your way back to the memory
circle and SAVE. From the memory circle head south, and then keep
heading east until you reach an intersection. At the intersection head
south, and again head east until you find another stump. Follow the
guide.
Here head all the way up north towards the exit. Off to the right near
the top you'll find a stump, smoke the little guy out. Before following
him into the next area make sure everyone is healed up, and prepare
Lloyd for a very difficult duel. Enter the area for a scene.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Kratos
HP: 12000
TP: 1400
S: Lightning, Light
W: None
EXP: 9990
Gald: 5520
Item: None
The key here is to be cheap. The key here is Rising Falcon. An
Overdrived Lloyd equipped with the Nebilim should be able to take
Kratos out with about six or seven Rising Falcons and take little
damage. If you're not so lucky, watch out. Kratos packs a punch.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll witness a couple scenes.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Origin
HP: 40000
TP: 800
S: None
W: None
EXP: 10240
Gald: 9870
Item: Reflect Ring
Now it's time to fight one of the toughest Summon Spirits of all. Well...
according to the game. In all honesty Origin isn't that tough, but it's
about the same deal as it was with Kratos. The man has four arms, he
can hurt you, he can hurt you bad. So you're going to want to pound
away on him with everything you have before he can slaughter your party.
A few linked Techs, a summon, and one or two Unison attacks should do
the trick.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch a scene in which you'll get a Diamond, and Sheena will learn the
awesome ability to summon Origin. Watch some more scenes (Thanks Genis
>,>) Now watch an awesome CG Sequences, follow by more scenes.
=======================================================================
113. Heimdall
Skit: There's Still Time
=======================================================================
You'll arrive here after the scenes. Now you'll have to race around the
village trying to save the elves. You should get a skit before long.
Now, start by heading to the west of where you started to find an elf
trapped under some debris. From that elf, head back to the first part
of town and cross the bridge south to find two more elves. After saving
them head back to the Village Elder's House and talk to him for a scene.
After that head towards the exit of the village to trigger another CG
Scene. You'll watch a few more scenes afterwards. Now leave the village.
=======================================================================
World Map
Skit: Mithos' Abandonment and Sadness
=======================================================================
Whoa, check out the sky. Groovy. Now then, head to the Tethe'alla base
and return to Sylvarant. Now head for Dirk's House. Along the way you
might get a skit.
=======================================================================
114. Dirk's House
Item: Material Blade, Eternal Ring
Title: Judgment (Kratos), Dad (Kratos)
=======================================================================
Enter the house for a scene. Now you'll be kicking ass. Well... you'll
get the Material Blade which is a gift from both of Lloyd's Fathers,
and the Eternal Ring. Also, if you went the Kratos route, he'll join
you now for the rest of the game. If not... well you still made out
pretty good. If Kratos joins your party he'll get the title "Judgment"
which will allow him to wear his alternative costume. And when you head
outside, if Kratos joined the party... you'll get a skit, and Kratos will
get the title of "Dad" Now if you re-enter Dirk's House and talk to him,
he'll offer customization service. You can get some pretty sweet stuff
here, but for a steep cost of materials. When you're ready, leave the
house.
=======================================================================
World Map
Title: Eternal Swordsman (Lloyd)
=======================================================================
Now it's time to head to Derris Kharlan. To get this, head to the Tower
of Salvation (or at least where it used to be) in Tethe'alla. Head up
the ruined steps of the once monstrous tower for a scene. You'll be
given the option to turn back. While it's true you'll be stuck in the
next section of the game for a while, it isn't the last time you'll be
able to return to the worlds of Sylvarant and Tethe'alla. So if you're
ready agree to push on. You'll watch a scene in which Lloyd obtains the
title of "Eternal Sowrdsman".
=======================================================================
115. Derris-Karhlan
Item: EX Gem Lv.2, EX Gem Lv.3, Golden Helm, Magician Ribbon, EX Gem
Lv.4x2,
=======================================================================
After the scenes you'll be brought here. From the warp head east and
follow the path to a chest. Keep following the path and you'll find
another chest. From this chest head down the southwest path, and then
head east up the slope to enter the next area.
In the next area head up a bit to find a chest. Now from this area head
west, and keep following the long, long path until you get to an
intersection. At the intersection head west again, and then at the next
intersection head north to find a chest. Now head back two
intersections and go east this time. When you get to an intersection
head south to find a chest.
Now if you head all the way north you'll find a blue emblem on the
ground. If you step on it you'll get a scene and be separated from your
party. Finish exploring the area first, if you're ready, step on it.
After the scene head forward and enter the warp ring. In the next area
head forward to watch a scene. Afterwards Colette will rejoin the party.
Now head onto the glowing symbol.
=======================================================================
116. Welgaia
Item: Spider Figurine, Chipped Dagger, Mirror Shard, Derris Emblem
Skit: Pitiful Mithos
=======================================================================
After you warp from the glowing symbol you'll end up back here. A force
field prevents the party from going forward, so you'll have to find the
rest of your party members first. Head south to find a memory circle,
then keep going south into the next area. You'll see a scene here.
After the long events you'll get a Spider Figurine. After that, examine
the glowing symbol on the ground to initiate a boss fight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: The Fugitive
HP: 20000
TP: 500
S: Water, Lightning, Light, Dark
W: None
EXP: 2800
Gald: 3200
Item: Magic Ring
Slaughter it. Compared to any of the boss fights you've fought lately
this and the other two "sub-bosses" in this area are cake.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle head to the south and enter the warp you came from the
prison area on your first visit to Welgaia. Save at the memory circle
here then make your way over to Presea and Regal in the cell. After the
scenes you'll get a Chipped Dagger. After the scenes examine the blood
to fight another sub boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: The Judged
HP: 20000
TP: 500
S: Wind, Earth, Light, Dark
W: None
EXP: 2800
Gald: 3200
Item: Attack Ring
Same as the last one, might even be easier this time if you like using
Presea and Regal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now return to the central area and head east towards the exit of
Welgaia that you took last time. In this area you can use the
refreshers still to heal and stock up. Head down the stairs in this
area and make your way to the bottom level to find Raine and Genis. Is
it just me, or was this whole event kind of funny? Lloyd busting in,
the mirror fragments just floating down during conversation. Eh... I
dunno. Either way you'll get a Mirror Shard after the scenes.
Afterwards examine the broken mirror to fight the last sub boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: The Neglected
HP: 20000
TP: 500
S: Fire, Ice, Light, Dark
W: None
EXP: 2800
Gald: 3200
Item: Defense Ring
Same old, same old.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now head back to the central area again. Along the way you should get a
skit. Now head toward the central warp that was previously blocked off.
On the way when you cross over the plate where the force field used to
be you'll get a scene. You'll get the Derris Emblem. Now head onto the
warp to be taken back to a part of Derris-Kharlan. Head to the symbol
on the ground and warp to the final dungeon of the game.
=======================================================================
117. Vinheim
Item: Energy Tablets, Prism Guard, EX Gem Lv.4, Spirit Bottle, Morality
Cloak, Ninja Sword, Elemental Guard, Past Stone, Elixir, Blue Shield,
Shield Ring, Vinheim Key, Future Stone, Demon's Seal, Sacred Stone
Skit: Derris Emblem
=======================================================================
When you arrive you'll get a skit. Head to the right to find a memory
circle. From the memory circle head east into the next area. Ignore the
stairs in here for the moment and keep making your way east across the
room. Defeat the angel enemy here and a black chest will appear high
above. Ignore it for now and head into the next room. Open the chest
here, then return to the previous room.
Make your way up the stairs here and head east into the next room.
Search behind the red couch to find a chest. Return to the previous
room and head up the stairs crossing over to the west side of the room.
Back in the main room on the upper level, head into the door just to
the north.
First head west down the stairs and collect a chest, now head east up
the stairs, ignoring the first door for lack of any interest in that
room. Enter the next doorway you come across and grab the chest. Head
behind the couch to find a hidden chest. Return to the stairway and
keep heading up the stairs until you get to a yellow door.
Exit out onto the balcony and search behind the wall to find a hidden
chest containing a Ninja Sword. Head west across the balcony, and check
behind the wall here to find another hidden chest. This one contains an
Elemental Guard. Now head into the door here and wake your way down the
west stairway.
Enter the first door you come across on your way down and fight the
angel enemy here to make another black chest appear, open this one to
obtain the Past Stone. Enter the next door you come across and grab the
chest inside. Ignore the rest of the doors on your way down and open
the chest at the bottom. Now head back up two doors and you'll find
yourself on the balcony of the west wind. Head south and enter the door.
In this room head to the west side ignoring the stairs. Enter the room
here and obtain the chest. Now return to the west wing stair room and
head down a door. You'll find yourself back in the main room, ground
floor. You'll get a scene in which the past stone activates. You can't
do anything about this yet, so head to the right and save at the memory
circle.
Now head up the main stairs to find a huge Dragon Enemy. Talk to the
Dark Dragon and agree to fight him. The Dark Dragon is just like all
the other Dragons, so spank him. After the battle you'll obtain the
Vinheim Key. Now open the large doors and enter for a scene. Now turn
around and leave, unless you're ready to warp to the final boss. This
event is important to unlock the final side quests of the game, so make
sure you see it before leaving Vinheim.
..and just how exactly do you leave Vinheim? Well, that's what the Past
and Future Stones are for. Seeing as how we haven't yet opened that
first black chest, let's get to doing that. Head back into the west
wing stair room and make your way op to the balcony of the main room.
Enter the door to the south of the stair room. Head west and up the
stairs here, then head south and up the stairs. Now you can either go
left or right. Go right and you'll arrive on another balcony in the
main room.
Head east across the balcony and enter the door to find the black chest.
Open it to get the Future Stone. Now head back to the split path and go
left this time. Enter the room and grab the chest, then return to the
main room. Head to the east side of the room and the Future stone will
activate.
Now you've got a bit of a puzzle to solve as you might imagine. Notice
the two glowing symbols on the ground. Well, let's start by pushing
blocks onto the left one. You have to push the blocks in this exact
order: Black, Dark Blue, Red, Purple. When you push a block onto the
symbol, you and the block will be teleported to the area high above.
You have to push the blocks into the spaces to the side of the warp.
When you bring the purple block up above, push it across the makeshift
bridge into the indent in the floor.
Now it's time to work on the right side. Push the blocks onto the warp
in this order: Yellow, Green, Light Blue, White. Do the same as you did
before, but this time push the white block into the indent. Now you
will lower the force field around the chest. Open it to obtain the
Sacred Stone. With this item in your possession return to the main room
and head to the lower warp ring you entered from. With Sacred Stone in
hand you will be able to return to the Tower of Salvation!
=======================================================================
118. Unfinished Business
Item: Pork, Bread, Egg, Dynast, Gaia Cleaver, Kannazuki, Meteor Storm
Spell, Potato, Vegetable, Purple Satayx2, Rice, Fish, Kusanagi Blade
Skit: Pact with Maxwell, Welcome Back, Kratos, Corrine is Calling Me,
Elite from The Underworld Take III, Raine's Statue
Recipe: Beef Stew, Pork Cutlets, Potato Salad, Paella
Title: God of The Kitchen (Regal), Mana Master (Genis), Gourmet Master
(Kratos), Gourmet King (Lloyd), Charismatic Chef (Colette), Little Chef
(Genis), Passable Chef? (Raine), Master Cook (Sheena), Gourmet Prince
(Zelos), Master Chef (Presea), True Chef (Regal)
=======================================================================
Well, this is it. Everything in the game is up for the taking now.
Where to start? Well, as always seemingly, Meltokio is the source of a
few events. So heading there might not be a bad idea.
Head towards the Castle and you'll find the Wonder Chef arguing with
someone! You will obtain the recipe for Beef Stew, and then you'll
watch another scene. And Regal will obtain a hilarious Chef outfit
along with the title "God of The Kitchen".
Enter the castle with Regal as your on screen character and make your
way to the dungeon (to the left of the entrance and down the stairs)
here examine the first cell on the left to have Regal talk with a
prisoner. You'll then be asked if you can go to the Hot Springs. Agree,
and keep it in mind for later.
The Advanced Classes at the Meltokio Coliseum will now yield titles and
weapons upon completion. And there's a special battle/event that will
take place if Zelos is in your party. I would suggest saving this for
last though, seeing as how it is one of the more difficult quest to
accomplish.
Now leave Meltokio and fly over to the house of guidance on the other
side of Mount Fooji. Make Regal your on screen character and make sure
he is using the God of The Kitchen Title. Talk to the Cook to the right
of the entrance of the house to learn how to make Pork Cutlets.
The last thing to do on this continent at the moment is by far the most
annoying as well. Head back to the Tethe'alla Grand Bridge and have
Genis play that stupid friggin Red Light / Green Light game again. If
you manage to win this time, you'll get a powerful Weapon for Genis. At
least this time you can play using the Katz Katz Katz title. No... that
doesn't do anything for you, I just thought it was fitting.
Now head on over to the Hot Springs and head into the Hot Spring area
to talk to Levin for a scene. If Regal is Level 80 or higher, Levin
will give him The Dynast Greaves. If you aren't (which is likely on a
normal game) come back later.
Now head over to Ozette and have Presea talk to Ralph. When given the
choice, choose whichever, but friend is the right answer. Now this is
pretty much the same deal as Regal and Levin, if Presea is Level 80
she'll get the Gaia Cleaver.
While you're in the area head to Altessa's House and talk to him for a
scene. Like Dirk, Altessa will now customize powerful accessories for
the group.
Fly over to Mizuho and visit with the Chief to get the Kannazuki for
Sheena.
Return to the Ruins of Heimdall Village and find that the Villages have
returned. Head to the east side of the village for a scene between
Genis and two villagers. Genis will now learn his most powerful Spell
"Meteor Storm", and will obtain the title of "Mana Master". If you head
into the west part of the village and talk to one of the elves
wandering around you'll hear about the book of Niflheim. We'll get
around to taking care of this matter later. If you talk to the Village
Elder with Kratos in your party you'll get a scene.
Now head to the House of Guidance that's just south of Heimdall. Head
inside and have Regal talk to the Cook to learn the recipe for Potato
Salad.
Before heading to Exire (the floating city) stop by Mizuho or some
place to rest, stock up, and save. You've got a boss fight coming up.
Now, in Exire head to the Village Elder's house and move around behind
it. Follow the secret path up to a gravestone. Now equip each of your
four active party members with the stones: Opal, Garnet, Aquamarine,
and Ruby. Now examine the Gravestone for a scene. Watch the scene and
you will meet the Final Summon Spirit Maxwell!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Maxwell
HP: 60000
TP: 800
S: None
W: None
EXP: 10800
Gald: 8250
Item: Spirit Robe
Maxwell will fall like all the rest. As you may have expected, he
wields some powerful magic attacks, but those won't save him from your
onslaught of attacks.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
After the battle you'll obtain the awesome Turquoise Stone which
recovers 3% of HP/TP during battles at a fixed rate. Making this one of
the game's best accessories. Sheena will also learn Summon: Birth, and
obtain the title of Master Summoner. Afterwards if you head into the
Elder's House you should get a skit.
Now head for Sylvarant to take care of business on this side. For
starters you might want to head to Asgard to pick up the last of the
recipes. Head up to the middle class inn and talk to the Chef staring
at the Windmill to learn how to make Paella.
Now with all the recipes in hand, you can strive to obtain titles for
all of your characters. To learn the cooking titles you will need to
have a character master each recipe (complete set of stars) this is a
very daunting task, it's enough to get one character to master them all.
In that case, I suggest that if you only have one character master it
this time around, make it either Kratos or Zelos, if in your next game
you choose the other character, you won't have to worry about missing
out on getting the other ones titles.
Anyways... to claim the titles you'll have to visit the Wonder Chef who
has relocated to the Restaurant in Altamira. Make sure you make the
character who has mastered all the recipes the onscreen character
before taking the elevator to the third floor. Talk to the Wonder Chef
in the back and he'll give you the title for your efforts.
Should you deice to stay at the inn (any inn I'd imagine) you should
get a skit about Kratos. Now if you haven't done so already, you might
want to head to Luin and complete your collection of Novelty Weapons.
Now head to Iselia Village and you'll get a skit about Corrine. After
watching the skit head to Martel's Temple for a scene. Afterwards head
up to the seal room for another scene. After the scene you can go ahead
and leave the Temple.
Now prepare yourself for a very difficult boss battle and enter the
Iselia Forest from Dirk's House side. At the entrance of the forest
you'll find the Sword Dancer for the last time. This time he has a
hefty 99,999 HP, so you're going to need to go all out to pull away
with the win this time. When the difficult battle is won, you will get
Lloyd's Strongest Weapon, the Kusanagi Blade. Afterwards you'll
automatically view a skit.
While you're in the area you can stop by Dirk's House and attempt to
make some Figurines. I've read that the process of Figurine Making can
be made easy by using some simple mathematics and keeping track of the
Pellets you use. Basically, Dirk won't make duplicate Figures, and each
kind of Pellet can only be used a certain amount of time to makes
figures. So once you give Dirk enough type of a Pellet, you won't
accomplish anything by giving him more of that Pellet. For a more
detailed explanation check the "Finale" Section. For now, try to at
least get the Kratos Figurine (A Fine Pellet, and a Rare Pellet) and
the Judgment Figure (A Super and a Rare) if he's in your party.
Should you run out of Pellets, and wish to make more figurines. The
best way to obtain Pellets is by having Colette use her Item Thief and
Rover skills on particular monsters. You'll also want to make sure
Colette is using the Compound EX Skill Item Getter which can be gained
by combining the EX Skills Lucky (LV.3), Sharp Eye (LV.1), Stat Boost
(LV.4), and Magical (LV.2)
The monsters you want to steal from are as follows:
Pellets: Jellyfish (Meltokio Sewers)
Fine Pellets: Giant Snail (Temple of Earth)
Super Pellets: Lobo (Temple of Ice)
Rare Pellets: Phantom Knight (Derris-Kharlan)
The best place to get Super Pellets might be from the Phantom Knights.
See... not only can you steal Rare Pellets from them, but they sometimes
drop Super Pellets after battle. You'll need both if you're going to
try and get that Kratos Figure, so you might as well hit these guys up.
This is also a good opportunity to build up levels, and cooking skills.
To find the Phantom Knights, head to the Tower of Salvation in
Tethe'alla and use the warp, but don't quick jump to Vinheim. They'll
be around in the first area of Derris-Kharlan.
When you're ready, head back to Tethe'alla to wrap up things here. Now
for some reason I was hovering over the Tethe'alla base when I got a
skit about Raine's Statue. So... I dunno, do the same or fly around? O.o.
For starters you're going to want to take out that Book of Niflheim.
There's good experience and items to be had from it, so it would do you
some good. You've no doubt obtained the Sacred Stone from Vinheim by
now, so make sure to SAVE, and head to Sybak. Head to the Library and
examine the book on the bottom shelf for a scene. Origin will ask you
if you want to go in or not, agree and enter Niflheim.
=======================================================================
119. Niflheim
=======================================================================
This area is very difficult in that you only have a limited amount of
time to navigate it. Niflheim consist of 15 randomly generated floors,
each full of monsters, braziers, and sorcerer's ring devices. You'll
notice a "Soulfire" counter in the top left corner of the screen.
Soulfire is your time limit, when you run out, you die. Soulfire is
constantly diminishing, hence your time limit. To restore Soulfire, you
can fight battles. After each Battle you'll get some soulfire back. You
can also gain Soulfire by lighting Braziers, but it cost 10 Soulfire to
use the ring, so be careful not to miss.
If you examine the Braziers after they've been lit you can get a
benefit, or a handicap. These effects will take place on the next floor.
Aside from the risk of a handicap, every time you examine a brazier
your soulfire will deplete faster. Finally, shooting the ring at the
devices will form bridges.
A few tips: On some floors you will need to fight all the enemies, or a
particular enemy to make the warp appear. On floors where you are
forced to use one character, it might be wise to equip that character
with an anti-stone item. It seems to me that there are three different
kinds of floors. Green Floors are normal, they have a set path and the
only string attached is that sometimes you might have to choose a
handicap for that floor. Blue Floors are about the same except they
have bridge devices. And Red Floors require you to kill a certain enemy.
With that said... Red Floors Suck.
When you leave the Tenth Floor you will fight a Mini-Boss.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Hell Knight
HP: 88000
TP: 9800
S: Fire, Lightning, Dark
W: Light
EXP: 11000
Gald: 30000
Item: Force Ring
This guy is pretty tough for a Mini-Boss. He can really rack up the
damage. One of my character died before I even knew it. Still, he
shouldn't be too hard at this point.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Before leaving the 15th floor make sure your party is ready for a
difficult boss battle. Trust me when I say this, you don't want to lose.
If you lose you have to do this entire dungeon over again, and that
would almost suck as much as going through an entire dungeon of red
floors.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Living Armor
HP: 120000
TP: 0
S: Fire, Lightning, Dark
W: None
EXP: 13000
Gald: 25000
Item: None
I'm not kidding. This guy is friggin hard. Fight, Fight as hard as you
possibly friggin can, because you are at such a risk of having to do
this dungeon over again. This guys managed to kill three party members
before I even knew it, I'm not kidding. Needless to say he's very
powerful, his attacks hurt, and he has a lot of health in him. This
guy's normal attack, I've seen it do 1.5k damage. So guard if you need
to. Have Raine constantly using Revitalize. My only other advice to you
would be to use an All-Divide. It might also be a good idea to bring
Genis, I'm not sure how resistant this guy is to magic, but he can take
a lot of normal damage and keep on ticking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
You're reward for taking out this mofo is a sweet pair of Persian Boots.
When given the chance make sure to burn the soulfire!
World Map
Before going back to Meltokio, you might want to stock up on items and
cooking ingredients before taking part in the Advanced Matches. Cooking
plays a major role in the survival of these tough matches, so don't be
stingy on the food budget.
=======================================================================
120. Meltokio Coliseum
Item: Krona Symbol, Valkyrie Saber, Excalibur, Divine Judgment,
Bahamut's Tear, Kaiser Greaves,
Title: Sword of Swords (Lloyd), Conqueror (Kratos), Grand Champion
(Zelos), Rose of Battle (Sheena), Deadly Flower (Presea), King of the
Coliseum (Regal), Super Girl (Colette), Ultimate Kid (Genis), Gladiator
Queen (Raine)
=======================================================================
Well... this should be the last thing on your list now. Perhaps you even
did it earlier. Regardless... I'm covering it now. Yeah, it get's it's
own section because it's big. Now, earlier we went over the Beginner,
and Intermediate Classes of Single Mode, as well as the Beginner and
Advanced Classes of Group Mode. In this section I will explain Advanced
Single Battles, and the strategies for each character. I will also
detail a strategy for winning the expedition match.
For starters, no matter what match, or mode your doing. Make sure you
save before you enter. Some of these contest cost a fair bit of coin,
and if you lose there's really no reason not to reload. Next make sure
the character is fitted with the best equipment, techs, and ex skills
they have. Finally, set a food that'll heal your HP/TP, Miso Stew rules
you with an iron fist.
Now for the monsters you'll be fighting in Advanced Single:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Round 1:
Velocidragon
HP: 2300
TP: 0
W: Ice
S: None
Dragon Rider
HP: 2680
TP: 0
W: None
S: None
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Round 2:
Crush Tortoise
HP: 9400
TP: 0
W: Lightning
S: Water, Ice
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Round 3:
Drake
HP: 11850
TP: 1000
W: Ice
S: Fire, Lightning
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Round 4:
Ice Warrior
HP: 4320
TP: 0
W: Fire, Lightning
S: Water, Ice
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Round 5:
Dragon Knight
HP: 13500
TP: 0
W: None
S: None
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
So now that you have the stats, how about the strategies?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Lloyd
Lloyd is by far the easiest character to use to clear Advanced Mode (or
any mode with). He's far more powerful than any character, so if you
can't beat this mode with him, you better prepare yourself better. The
best equipment for Lloyd would be the Nebilim, if you don't like the
Nebilim use the Kusanagi Blade or another equally powerful blade. Armor
isn't that important, just give him the best stuff you have.
Accessories: Faerie Ring and Extreme Symbol. You could use the
Turquoise instead of the Extreme Symbol if you'd like.
Round One: Two on One. Favor in Lloyd. Slay them.
Round Two: *Yawns*
Round Three: This match will be great for lesser characters. See if you
go under the Drake he can't attack you. For Lloyd... it's no different
than the first two.
Round Four: Use Rising Falcon... hehehe
Round Five: Same as with the Ice Warrior. Just try to stay behind this
guy and you've won it all. Cake, right?
Lloyd's Rewards: Sword of Swords, Valkyrie Saber
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The First time you beat Advanced Mode you'll get a Krona Symbol.
And every time you beat Advanced Mode you'll get a cash reward and a
recovery set.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Kratos/Zelos
The same as Lloyd, except for the weapon the best I had at this point
was the Crystal Dagger. If you've pumped up the Soul Eater that'd be
great as well, same accessories work fine. The great thing about these
two is they can heal themselves.
Round One: Now it's serious. Things aren't so easy with the other
characters. It might be cheap to spam skills like Demon Fang and Hell
Pyre, but hey... it works!
Round Two: A lot easier. The turtle is slow and Kratos/Zelos can heal
up before the beast even gets close. Same techs work here too.
Round Three: Take this opportunity to heal in full if you aren't
already. Then own this little dragon.
Round Four: He's slow like the Turtle, so stand back to heal and attack.
Round Five: Gah, this one can be hard. You have to be patient and get
lucky. If you can get in a position where the Fireballs won't hit you,
you'll be able to heal. Defend a lot, and move in and try to knock his
ass out.
Krato's/Zelos' Rewards: Conqueror/Grand Champion , Excalibur
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now apparently if you're Zelos you will now have a duel with Seles. If
you beat her you can win the most powerful sword "Last Fencer". I
haven't done this yet so I don't know what to tell ya. I'll be sure to
add it in the next play through though.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Sheena
Ah Sheena, if you followed my strategy to fight Kuchinawa you should
know just about what to expect here. Money Bag is a must, you can pick
up the Kannazuki from the Mizuho Chief at this time, and Magical Ribbon
and Shield Ring top off the armor nicely. As far as accessories go, the
infamous Faerie Ring, and the Turquoise will do nicely.
Round One: She's fast, and Pyre Seal and Demon Seal Hurt. Sheena is
actually really good in this arena.
Round Two: You can run circles around the Tortoise while healing
yourself slowly with the Turquoise. When it comes to killing him though
you'll take some blows.
Round Three: Same as always, let the Turquoise heal ya up real nice.
Round Four: This guy can be tough for Sheena. Like the Tortoise he's
slow, but also like the Tortoise you'll take some damage while you're
trying to take him out. Use S Seal: Fire to add some extra damage.
Round Five: Easy. All you have to do is basically run up and hump the
Dragon. His fireballs will go over you completely. The only way he'll
be able to attack you is with his axe, and if you defend it does barely
any damage.
Sheena's Rewards: Rose of Battle, Divine Judgment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Presea
Presea is pretty much the same as Lloyd, except you might want to
exchange the Faerie Ring for the Turquoise. The best weapon I had for
her at this point was The Pow Hammer DX, which isn't a bad weapon by
any means. Anyways... you should know Presea by now, she's powerful, and
she's a tank. So you're basically doing the whole Lloyd thing over
again, just with a lot less power and speed.
Round One: These guys can do a lot of damage to Presea, though she can
do a lot of damage back. You'll probably have to spend the next few
rounds healing though.
Round Two: Tougher than a Giant Tortoise. Presea spanks this over grown
Turtle.
Round Three: Same as always.
Round Four: This battle is kind of in between one and two. He can do
some damage to you, and you can do a lot to him. But you'll find
yourself on the ground a lot.
Round Five: Same thing as with Sheena. If she can duck under Fireballs...
Presea's Rewards: Deadly Flower, Bahamut's Tear
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Regal
Regal is a fun character to take into the arena. With all his combos,
he's practically built for the job. Your best bet would be to hook him
up with an Extreme Symbol, and Faerie Ring. He has Healer and Grand
Healer which will help out a lot during the battles. Also don't forget
to bind the tech skill "Mirage" very handy for getting behind monsters...
like the Dragon.
Round One: This is probably Regal's Hardest Match. Try your best to
dance around the duo and swing away at them.
Round Two: Back up and use Grand Healer, then run towards the Turtle
and Mirage to get behind him. Rinse, Repeat.
Round Three: Get under him and use Healer to get yourself back into
shape. Then slay him.
Round Four: This guy isn't so tough, but I ran into a problem with
Regal running out of TP. So I had to hold back a bit and store some for
the Dragon.
Round Five: Get close and keep using Mirage to get behind him. As long
as you don't run out of TP you'll be fine...
Regal's Rewards: King of the Coliseum, Kaiser Greaves
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Genis
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Raine
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Colette
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Yeah... I didn't finish these three. They were pretty hard... well
Colette's wasn't that hard, but I was getting frustrated. These three
are definitely the hardest to get through the arena with though.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Exhibition Match
This may be the toughest battle in the game. These three characters
from the past Tales games are very tough. Lucky for you, you can use
items in this match. Now to win you're going to need Raine in the party
spaming Revitalize. And for her to do that you're going to have to
protect her, at the same time trying to take down Merendy which is your
biggest threat. Merendy has extremely powerful magic attacks, and she
can revive her comrades. She also has an Angel Ring, so she might come
back to life right after you kill her! Fun stuff huh?
After you get rid of Merendy (for good) go after Farah, who is no doubt
pounding the crap out of your party. She also has an Angel Ring, so
same thing over again. Once you get down to Garr you've pretty much won.
And your prize? The best armor in the game... too bad only Lloyd can
equip it... cause you know he REALLY needs it *rolleyes* Enjoy!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================================================================
121. The Final Battle
=======================================================================
Whenever you're done with the side quest get yourself ready for the
last boss. It should be obvious, but I'll say it anyways... once you use
the teleporter in the room in Vinheim, there's no going back, so finish
everything else first. Keep in mind that it's impossible to get
EVERYTHING in one run through the game, so don't worry if some things
are missing, you can get them next time. We'll talk more of going
through the game again in the Finale, for now...
Stock up on everything, there's no reason not to spend all you're money
now. Make sure your party is properly equipped with the best equipment,
techs, ex skills, and set up a good union attack. At this point you
should know that Lloyd and Raine are always a good idea when it comes
to boss battles, the other two characters are up to you.
When you're positive that you are ready to finish the game, take the
warp in the Tower of Salvation to the deepest levels of Derris-Kharlan
to return to Vinheim. Head up the steps through the double doors and
take the warp.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Mithos
HP: 55000
TP: 5000
S: Light
W: None
EXP: 8200
Gald: 1690
Item: None
Don't be fooled by his appearance. This is the hardest form of Mithos
(Yggdrasill) yet. His attacks are just as deadly as ever, except now he
has the ability to cause status effects on the whole party. While the
battle progresses there will be dialogue between Mithos and Lloyd, all
the while you should be trying to recover from the status effects. Use
all the Pancecea Bottles you want, just save some stuff for the next
battle though.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Boss: Mithos
HP: 60000
TP: 1500
S: Light, Dark
W: None
EXP: 0
Gald: 0
Item: EX Gem MAX
Uh Huh... well Mithos looks pretty stupid right now, but he's still one
tough cookie. Start the battle off trying to recover from the last one.
Heal all status effects, and use some energy tablets if you need to.
This Mithos can do a lot of damage, but he fell faster than the other
one did. All in all, both battles are far easier than the likes of
Abyission or the Living Armor. Ah Well.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watch the ending scenes which are quite good. And try to guess the name
of the Tree =p
Watch the credits and make sure you check out the final ending scenes
afterwards!
=======================================================================
122. Finale
=======================================================================
Phew. I'm always sad when I finish an RPG. Luckily Tales of Symphonia
isn't over with yet. There's plenty of reasons to go through the game
again, because there's still a ton of stuff to do. Even if you're not
interested in collecting everything, try setting the game to x10 EXP to
dominate it, or give yourself a challenge and reduce the EXP in half.
You can even check out the new Battle Modes which will increase the
difficulty of monsters.
Unfortunately this guide doesn't scratch the surface of collecting
everything, but I've tried my best to provide a detailed step by step
walkthrough, and you can be sure I'll be adding the missing parts when
I go through the game again. However, I'd recommend a few other guides
that can be found on GameFAQs.
http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/gamecube/file/tales_of_symphonia_complet
ion_a.txt Kildread2's Completion Guide
http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/gamecube/file/tales_of_symphonia_complet
ion.txt Seroin's Completetion Guide
http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/gamecube/file/tales_of_symphonia_titles.
txt A I e x 's Titles Guide
Both of these guides will help you in collecting everything ToS has to
offer. Kildread's is a little more in depth, where as Seroin's is more
of a Check List. Both are good.
Now, when you start a New Game using your Completed Data, you will have
access to the Grade Shop. In the Grade Shop you will be able to spend
the GRADE points you earned throughout the game, all Grade points carry
over into the new game as well (The ones you haven't spent that is)
There are some pretty expensive items here, so pick carefully. I would
recommend grabbing all the stuff that will help you with Completion
first.
I'd also recommend grabbing the Grade Modifier. It doesn't cost that
much and will help out a lot when you complete the game for a second
time. I'm sure you'll be able to buy a lot more than... should you choose
to go through the game a third time. The big purchases you have to
worry about are Gald (1000), Titles (1000), Tech (1000), 2X EXP (1000),
and 10X EXP (3000).
Gald transfers all your Gald over from the last game, which might seem
useful, but I consider it a waste, it's easy enough to earn Gald in the
second half of the game.
Titles will transfer all the Titles you earned in the previous game
over. This, in my opinion is by far the most useful. Not only will it
save you loads of time from having to do some of the longer side quest
again, and not only does it enable you to collect more of the costume
titles for your other characters, but it's really helpful to level your
characters from square 1 with these beefy modifier titles.
Tech will transfer all the Techs you've learned over from the last game,
this can be useful, granted. But Techs just don't seem that hard to
learn, you'd be better off getting an EXP Modifier if you wanted to go
this route.
The Experience Modifiers are self explanatory. I'm sure x2 is useful,
but we all know x10 is where it's at. If you can manage to snag this,
expect to rip through the game. Very hand for multiple play through.
A few things to keep in mind as you make your way through the game
again. For all the completions, I urge you to check out one of the FAQs
I linked above, you don't want to miss one tiny little detail that
throws your whole collection out of whack. Also, check out the Titles
FAQ I posted up there as well, and try to get some of the harder
Requirement Titles. Like going through part of the game without using
Gels, or anything other than the Wooden Sword.
=======================================================================
VI. Mini-Games/Side Quest - M&S
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
A.Mini-Games
=======================================================================
---------------- 1.Mini Game: Emotional Balloon - MGB2 --------------
Emotional Balloon, or "EB" is a little memory game Genis can play with
the Katz person in Izoold at anytime. There are three different
difficulty settings, each a little more complex than the last. If you
match the Katz' emotions by pushing the correct buttons perfectly,
you'll get a prize at the end. Here are the three prizes for each
difficulty.
Mode: Easy| Rounds: 10| Prize: 5 Apple Gels
Mode: Normal| Rounds: 15| Prize: 5 Life Bottles
Mode: Hard| Rounds: 30| Prize: 5 Lemon Gels
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------- 2.Mini Game: Waitress - MGW2 --------------------
This little mini game can be played by going to the Cafeteria in
Palmacosta's Academy. Colette will take up a part-time job as a
Waitress. All you have to do is remember the customers order, order it
from the kitchen, and then bring it out to the right customer. Simple
enough... you'd think. But it's kind of hard to tell the customers apart.
The best tip I can give you is to jot down a few little notes on a
piece of paper. Write down the order and maybe the hair color of the
customer. You don't have all day to view the orders before the
customers will take their seats, so be quick about it. When you're
finished you'll be paid according to how well you did (and get a free
Palma Potion if that's what you came here for) as well as get a title
for Colette. You can play this Mini Game again, but you'll only get
Gald from now on.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------- 3.Side Quest: Pop Quiz - SPQ2 --------------------
When you first arrive in Palmacosta and visit the Academy you'll be
able to accept a little challenge to show off how smart Genis is.
Before the challenge however you'll have a pop-quiz. This may or may
not effect the out come of the actual challenge, but none the less,
here are the answers for the three questions Raine will ask:
1. Guardian
2. Acceleration due to gravity
3. I don't know
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------- 4.Mini Game: Orienteering - MGO2 ------------------
This little side quest, while yielding no prizes upon completetion, can
be a fun little distraction from the main quest. To partake in it, talk
to the Guard who will be positioned in the Governor's Building Square
of Palmacosta after beating Killia. Talk to the Guard and you can have
him explain the rules. More or less, this is a little scavenger hunt or
sorts that will have you running around the city looking for people or
objects. The guard will hint to what the first checkpoint is, and once
you find that checkpoint it'll give you a hint as to what the second
may be, and so on. You'll repeat the process a number of 4 times to
complete the game. If ever you should need more of a hint, go back to
the guard and ask him about the next checkpoint. When you get to the
last check point, you may or may not be asked some questions. Some of
these questions you might not be able to answer unless you've finished
the game. In any case, when you've found all the checkpoints, head back
to the guard to end it all.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
------------- 5.Mini Game: Red Light/Green Light - MGL2 ---------------
Red Light/Green Light is just like the classic children's game that you
may have played before. To control Genis you must press the A Button
repeatedly to move forward, the same holds true for moving left and
right, except in that case you hold down R to go right, and L to go
left. You can quit the game at anytime by pressing start. To complete
the game you'll have to win three rounds in a row, this can be kind of
difficult because if get hit by a child behind you you'll get thrown
back a bit. The best way to win is to try and move out of the way of
the children by heading to one of the sides of the bridge, then rapidly
press a to move forward, when the Katz starts to turn around, press
start, then cancel. No matter what you're doing, you'll stop moving, so
this is a little trick that will keep you from getting caught. It might
take you a few times, and it can get frustrating, but the reward is a
new title for Genis the "Strategist". If you come back later in the
game you can win all three rounds again to get a special weapon for
Genis.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================================================================
B. Side Quest
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
1.Character Titles
=======================================================================
Coming Soon
=======================================================================
2.Colette's Dog Naming - CDN1
=======================================================================
Throughout the game you will find all sorts of Dogs in towns, and
various other friendly locations. If you make Colette your on screen
character and talk to the Dogs, she will name them. Naming all the dogs
in the game will result in getting the title "Dog Lover" for Colette.
The following is a list of the locations where the dogs are:
1.Iselia House of Salvation
2.Triet
3.Izoold
4.Palmacosta
5.Palmacosta
6.Palmacosta House of Salvation
7.Thoda Island Dock
8.Thoda Island Geyser
9.Asgard
10.Asgard
11.Asgard House of Salvation
12.Hima
13.Hima
14.Meltokio
15.Meltokio
16.Sybak
17.Sybak
18.Mizuho
19.Ozette
20.Ozette
21.Flanoir
22.Altamira (daytime)
23.Altamira (nighttime)
24.Exire
25.Exire
26.Heimdall
27.Heimdall
28.Iselia (later in the game)
29.Luin, City of Water (post-reconstruction)
=======================================================================
3.The Restoration of Luin - ROL1
=======================================================================
This massive side quest becomes available as soon as you heal Pietro in
Hima. Basically Pietro has decided to spend the rest of his days trying
to rebuild the poor ruined city that was once Luin. Your part in this
reconstruction comes from supplying the man with the funds to do it.
Now aside from rebuilding a once peaceful city and doing the right
thing, what does this get you? Well quite a few things actually... but
it's going to cost money, and a lot of it. The trick is knowing how
much to spend at a time. The reconstruction process is broken into 15
different stages. Each of these stages cost a certain amount of money
that must be paid in donation in order to complete, but no more. So for
example, say you want to give Pietro 20000 Gald to get this thing up
and running, 5000 will go towards restoring Luin to the first stage,
while the other 15000 will be wasted. Yeah... wasted, it WON'T go towards
the next stage, and you WON'T get it back, so don't do it. Now then,
here's the walkthrough for the 15 stages of Restoration.
*NOTE*: It's important that you LEAVE Luin after making a donation then
re-enter before making another donation, or it will be void.
1. 5000 Gald
The first donation can be made right after you heal Pietro. Just head
on over to Luin where you'll find Pietro. If you have the funds on you
at the time, you should fork it over. What does this accomplish? Pietro
gives you his gratitude. Yeah, I'm serious, that's all that happens.
But it's an important process because this project isn't going anywhere
without it. So fork over the gald.
2. 12000 Gald
Well... Pietro hasn't seemingly done anything with his 5 Grand yet, but
here's hoping something will come out of 12k! After making that steep
donation, leave and re-enter the city to be dazzled and utterly amazed
at the change! Behold! A woman now stands near Pietro... NICE JOB
PIETRO!!! *Sigh* Well give it time.... I'm sure he has something cooking.
3. 21500
Now we're back from another world with a fat stack of cash, so let's go
and give Pietro a hand. Make the donation than head out and return. The
city's name will now change to The City of Rebirth - Luin. Hmm, not bad
Pietro. You'll find that the place has been cleaned up a bit and
there's some more people here now as well!
4. 15000
Now that we've started to make some serious progress here drop another
15k down for Pietro. This time you'll find more people here, as well as
another dog for Colette to name!
5. 20000
This time give Pietro 20k and see what happens! Well... not much this
time. There's one new woman to talk to, other than that the workers are
just getting into the spirit of rebuilding the city. Oh well...
6. 25000
Pluck down the largest donation yet and head outside, then return to
see what progress has been made this time. Boo... not much, just a couple
more people here.
7. 35000
The amount of money required to make the next donation keeps on rising
with this one. The good news it this is the most drastic change yet.
The bridges are being fixed, the inn and the item shop are open, and
best of all the music has changed! Yay! Things are definitely looking
up.
8. 40000
Progress has been coming along smoothly, so it should be reasonable to
part with 40k, no? You'll find that the city is coming together nicely,
and that more people have started to travel to the city. Not bad.
9. 45000
Five Thousand more than last time, what will the results be? You'll
find that the reconstruction is almost complete, yay! You'll also find
that the Katz Team is back... if that's any consolation.
10. 50000
This is it folks, after this donation Luin will be restored to it's
former glory. So pluck down a hefty 50 Thousand and watch the magic
happen. Now that the city is back to normal we're done, right? Wrong.
Pietro won't rest until Luin becomes the best city in the entire game,
but chances are you don't have the funds to pay for the next two
donations and have anything left in your wallet. So... another time,
another time.
11. 75000
Alright, the second to the last of the real big donations. You won't be
disappointed with this donation's benefits. Upon re-entering the city
you will notice that there has been some serious road work done, but
the best part is the Weapon Shop now sells novelty weapons that are
very powerful!
12. 100000
Ouch. This one hurts. But this is the last big payment towards the best
city in the game. So grit your teeth and fork it over. The city is
looking great now, all the buildings and bridges have been upgraded.
And the city has been renamed to Luin - The City of Water.
13. 5000
The last three donations are merely a drop in the bucket. Three
payments of 5000 Gald and this little quest will be done. But what does
this first donation get you? A Statue of Sheena has been constructed
outside of the Weapon Store <3.
14. 5000
Now? Well there's a fierce statue of Lloyd in the fountain!
15. 5000
Finally, the last donation. This time a statue of Raine has been
erected in front of the Item Shop. Now if you talk to Pietro you'll get
a scene. Pietro will now leave Luin, and that wraps up the
reconstruction of Luin. Make sure Zelos talks to all the ladies,
Colette names the dog, and you take advantage of those sweet weapons in
the Weapon Shop.
=======================================================================
4.Figurine Book - FGB1
=======================================================================
Completing the Figurine Book is a rather lengthy, yet fun process. You
can start this Side Quest after defeating Kvar at the Asgard Ranch.
Talk to Harley in his workshop in Asgard to get the Figurine Book and
some Pellets. If you take the book to Dirk back in the Iselia Region,
he'll be able to process the Pellets to construct figurines. There are
a few things to keep in mind when processing Pellets.
First of all, you have four different pellet types. Pellets, Fine
Pellets, Super Pellets, and Rare Pellets. There is no set combination
of Pellets to construct a figurine, but there are likely combinations,
these will be listed below in the Figurine List. When processing
Pellets you can use Pellets, Fine Pellets, and Super Pellets on their
own, but rare ones need to be paired with a different kind of Pellet.
Obtaining Pellets is simple enough. You'll either find them in chest or
after fighting monsters. The easiest way to collect Pellets though is
to have Colette use her "Item Getter" skill on a select few monsters.
You can steal these kinds of Pellets from these monsters:
Pellets: Jellyfish in Meltokio Sewers
Fine Pellets: Giant Snail in Temple of Earth
Super Pellets: Lobo in Temple of Ice
Rare Pellets: Phantom Knight in Derris-Kharlan
Even so, Rare Pellets are just that - RARE. It might be impossible to
collect all the Figurines in one game. You can however, extract your
figurine data from a previous game in a replay game... for a price.
Another thing to keep in mind is that each figure has a requirement
that must be met before it can be processed. Most figures will become
available after a certain "season" passes in the game. While other
require certain events to happen before they can be constructed. Here
are the 9 Seasons of the game:
1. After Colette joins the party in Triet
2. After clearing Palmacosta Human Ranch and defeating Windmaster at
Asgard
3. After clearing the Tower of Salvation in Sylvarant
4. After clearing Gaoracchia
5. After Colette is kidnapped at Ozette
6. After visiting Katz' Village and Flanoir
7. After clearing Tower of Salvation - Descent
8. After the Doctor event in Flanoir
9. After using the Vinheim Key at Vinheim
Knowing this, all Figurines can be processed in Season 9 (assuming
you've met the requirements for some of the special ones) So it might
be in your best interest to wait for that season before trying to
complete the Figurine Book.
So what do you get for all this hard work? Well, you get a nice little
collection of 288 Figurines of the characters and NPCs found throughout
Tales of Symphonia. You also get the title of "Figurine Collector" for
Genis.
=======================================================================
VII. Characters - CHR
=======================================================================
Coming Soon
=======================================================================
VIII. Frequently Asked Question - FAQ
=======================================================================
Coming Soon
=======================================================================
IX. Outro - OUT
=======================================================================
Thanks and Shout Outs To:
You - For Reading this damn thing. I just hope it has helped you in
some way
GameFAQs - For Hosting this, and for being the best source for FAQs on
the net
IGN - For Hosting this... dot dot dot
TeamClouds - Oh they didn't really do anything - Bastards
PeTeRL90 - UP_IN_ARMS!?!?
Momo Hime - For doing an excellent Sheena Commission Drawing ^^
Nintendo - For The Hardware to play this fine game on
Namco - Because I want to Father their children.... more Xenosaga plz
Me - Nice Work, now get back to writing >,>
Written by Joel Acree - Triad -
[email protected]
PS: It's ALL about Sheena <3
~FIN
